For feedback and comments:
documentation.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com

Table of Contents Previous Next PDF


Triple Play Service Configuration Commands
Global Commands
shutdown
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping>mvr
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>sap>arp-host
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>lcl-addr-assign
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>lcl-addr-assign
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>sub-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>dhcp>proxy-server
Description
This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and service entities is described below in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.
Special Cases
Service Admin State
Bindings to an SDP within the service will be put into the out-of-service state when the service is shutdown. While the service is shutdown, all customer packets are dropped and counted as discards for billing and debugging purposes.
Service Operational State
A service is regarded as operational providing that two SAPs or if one SDP are operational.
SDP (global)
When an SDP is shutdown at the global service level, all bindings to that SDP are put into the out-of-service state and the SDP itself is put into the administratively and operationally down states. Packets that would normally be transmitted using this SDP binding will be discarded and counted as dropped packets.
SDP (service level)
Shutting down an SDP within a service only affects traffic on that service from entering or being received from the SDP. The SDP itself may still be operationally up for other services.
SDP Keepalives
Enables SDP connectivity monitoring keepalive messages for the SDP ID. Default state is disabled (shutdown) in which case the operational state of the SDP-ID is not affected by the keepalive message state.
VPLS SAPs and SDPs
SAPs are created in a VPLS and SDPs are bound to a VPLS in the administratively up default state. The created SAP will attempt to enter the operationally up state. An SDP will attempt to go into the in-service state once bound to the VPLS.
description
Syntax
description description-string
no description
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping>mvr
config>service>vpls>split-horizon-group
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>group-interface
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping>mvr
Description
This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.
Default
No description associated with the configuration context.
Parameters
description-string
The description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
 
Service Commands
vpls
Syntax
vpls service-id customer customer-id vpn vpn-id [m-vpls]
vpls service-id
no vpls service-id
Context
config>service
Description
This command creates or edits a Virtual Private LAN Services (VPLS) instance.
The vpls command is used to create or maintain a VPLS service. If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
A VPLS service connects multiple customer sites together acting like a zero-hop, layer 2 switched domain. A VPLS is always a logical full mesh.
When a service is created, the create keyword must be specified if the create command is enabled in the environment context.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. Once a service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.
To create a management VPLS, the m-vpls keyword must be specified. See section Hierarchical VPLS Redundancy for an introduction to the concept of management VPLS.
Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional for navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id specified will result in an error.
More than one VPLS service may be created for a single customer ID.
By default, no VPLS instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the VPLS service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all SAPs and SDPs defined within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted, and the service has been shutdown.
service-id
The unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every router on which this service is defined.
Values
vpls customer
customer
customer customer-id
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values
vpls vpn
vpn vpn-id
Specifies the VPN ID number which allows you to identify virtual private networks (VPNs) by a VPN identification number.
Values
Default
null (0)
m-vpls
Specifies a managed VPLS.
service-name
Syntax
service-name service-name
no service-name
Context
config>service>epipe
config>service>ies
config>service>vpls
config>service>vprn
Description
This command configures an optional service name, up to 64 characters in length, which adds a name identifier to a given service to then use that service name in configuration references as well as display and use service names in show commands throughout the system. This helps the service provider/administrator to identify and manage services within the 7750 SR and 7450 ESS platforms.
All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used o identify and reference a given service once it is initially created.
Parameters
service-name
Specifies a unique service name to identify the service. Service names may not begin with an integer (0-9).
ies
Syntax
ies service-id customer customer-id vpn vpn-id
ies service-id
no ies service-id
Context
config>service
Description
This command creates or edits an IES service instance.
The ies command is used to create or maintain an Internet Ethernet Service (IES). If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
IES services allow the creation of customer facing IP interfaces in the same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. IES services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.
While IES is part of the routing domain, the usable IP address space may be limited. This allows a portion of the service provider address space to be set aside for service IP provisioning, becoming administered by a separate but subordinate address authority. This feature is defined using the config router service-prefix command.
IP interfaces defined within the context of an IES service ID must have a SAP created as the access point to the subscriber network. This allows a combination of bridging and IP routing for redundancy purposes.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. Once a service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.
Once a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional for navigating into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id specified will result in an error.
Multiple IES services are created to separate customer owned IP interfaces. More than one IES service may be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP interface may be created within a single IES service ID. All IP interfaces created within an IES service ID belongs to the same customer.
By default, no IES service instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the IES service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces defined within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted.
Parameters
service-id
The unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every router on which this service is defined.
Values
customer
customer customer-id
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values
vpn vpn-id
Specifies the VPN ID number which allows you to identify virtual private networks (VPNs) by a VPN identification number.
Values
Default
null (0)
vprn
Syntax
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
no vprn service-id
Context
config>service
Description
This command creates or edits a Virtu9al Private Routed Network (VPRN) service instance.
If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
VPRN services allow the creation of customer-facing IP interfaces in the same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. VPRN services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.
IP interfaces defined within the context of an VPRN service ID must have a SAP created as the access point to the subscriber network.
When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified and associates the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. When a service is created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and re-created with a new customer association.
When a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional to navigate into the service configuration context. If attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id results in an error.
Multiple VPRN services are created to separate customer-owned IP interfaces. More than one VPRN service can be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP interface can be created within a single VPRN service ID. All IP interfaces created within an VPRN service ID belongs to the same customer.
The no form of the command deletes the VPRN service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces and all routing protocol configurations defined within the service ID have been shutdown and deleted.
Default
None — No VPRN service instances exist until they are explicitly created.
vprn
Parameters
service-id
The unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every 7750 SR on which this service is defined.
Values
service-id: 1 — 2147483648
svc-name: 64 characters maximum
vprn customer
customer customer-id
Specifies an existing customer identification number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id
no sap sap-id
Context
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>sap
Description
This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the router. Each SAP must be unique.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the
create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.
A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command. Channelized TDM ports are always access ports.
If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service will be discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be deleted.
Default
No SAPs are defined.
Parameters
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.
port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the slot/mda/port format.
If the card in the slot has Media Dependent Adapters (MDAs) installed, the port-id must be in the slot_number/MDA_number/port_number format. For example 6/2/3 specifies port 3 on MDA 2 in slot 6.
The port-id must reference a valid port type. When the port-id parameter represents SONET/SDH and TDM channels the port ID must include the channel ID. A period “.” separates the physical port from the channel-id. The port must be configured as an access port.
If the SONET/SDH port is configured as clear-channel then only the port is specified.
create
Keyword used to create a SAP instance.
disable-aging
Syntax
[no] disable-aging
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command disables MAC address aging across a VPLS service or on a VPLS service SAP or spoke SDP.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB). The disable-aging command turns off aging for local and remote learned MAC addresses.
When no disable-aging is specified for a VPLS, it is possible to disable aging for specifc SAPs and/or spoke SDPs by entering the disable-aging command at the appropriate level.
When the disable-aging command is entered at the VPLS level, the disable-aging state of individual SAPs or SDPs will be ignored.
The no form of this command enables aging on the VPLS service.
Default
no disable-aging
disable-learning
Syntax
disable-learning
no disable-learning
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
This command enables learning of new MAC addresses in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB) for the service instance, SAP instance or spoke SDP instance.
When disable-learning is enabled, new source MAC addresses will not be entered in the VPLS service forwarding database. This is true for both local and remote MAC addresses.
When disabled, new source MAC addresses will be learned and entered into the VPLS forwarding database. This parameter is mainly used in conjunction with the discard-unknown command.
The no form of this command enables learning of MAC addresses meaning that normal MAC learning is enabled.
Default
no disable-learning
discard-unknown
Syntax
[no] discard-unknown
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
By default, packets with unknown destination MAC addresses are flooded. If discard-unknown is enabled at the VPLS level, packets with unknown destination MAC address will be dropped instead (even when configured FIB size limits for VPLS or SAP are not yet reached).
The no form of this command allows flooding of packets with unknown destination MAC addresses in the VPLS.
Default
no discard-unknown
fdb-table-high-wmark
Syntax
[no] fdb-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.
Default
95
Parameters
high-water-mark
When to send logs and traps.
Values
fdb-table-low-wmark
Syntax
[no] fdb-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.
Default
90
Parameters
low-water-mark
When to send logs and traps.
Values
fdb-table-size
Syntax
fdb-table-size table-size
no fdb-table-size [table-size]
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the forwarding database (FDB) for the VPLS instance on this node.
The fdb-table-size specifies the maximum number of forwarding database entries for both learned and static MAC addresses for the VPLS instance.
The no form of this command returns the maxium FDB table size to default.
Default
250 — Forwarding table of 250 MAC entries.
Parameters
table-size
The number of entries permitted in the forwarding database for this VPLS instance.
Values
local-age
Syntax
local-age seconds
no local-age
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
Specifies the aging time for locally learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance.
In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the FDB. The local-age timer specifies the aging time for local learned MAC addresses.
The no form of this command returns the local aging timer to the default value.
Default
local age 300 — Local MACs aged after 300 seconds.
Parameters
seconds
The aging time for local MACs expressed in seconds.
Values
remote-age
Syntax
remote-age seconds
no remote-age
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
Specifies the aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance.
In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.
Like in a layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the FDB. The remote-age timer specifies the aging time for remote learned MAC addresses. To reduce the amount of signaling required between switches configure this timer larger than the local-age timer.
The no form of this command returns the remote aging timer to the default value.
Default
remote age 900 — Remote MACs aged after 900 seconds.
Parameters
seconds
The aging time for remote MACs expressed in seconds.
Values
service-mtu
Syntax
service-mtu octets
no service-mtu
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command configures the service payload (Maximum Transmission Unit – MTU), in bytes, for the service. This MTU value overrides the service-type default MTU.
The service-mtu defines the payload capabilities of the service. It is used by the system to validate the SAP and SDP binding’s operational state within the service.
The service MTU and a SAP’s service delineation encapsulation overhead (i.e., 4 bytes for a Dot1q tag) is used to derive the required MTU of the physical port or channel on which the SAP was created. If the required payload is larger than the port or channel MTU, then the SAP will be placed in an inoperative state. If the required MTU is equal to or less than the port or channel MTU, the SAP will be able to transition to the operative state.
When binding an SDP to a service, the service MTU is compared to the path MTU associated with the SDP. The path MTU can be administratively defined in the context of the SDP. The default or administrative path MTU can be dynamically reduced due to the MTU capabilities discovered by the tunneling mechanism of the SDP or the egress interface MTU capabilities based on the next hop in the tunnel path. If the service MTU is larger than the path MTU, the SDP binding for the service will be placed in an inoperative state. If the service MTU is equal to or less than the path MTU, then the SDP binding will be placed in an operational state.
In the event that a service MTU, port or channel MTU, or path MTU is dynamically or administratively modified, then all associated SAP and SDP binding operational states are automatically re-evaluated.
The no form of this command returns the default service-mtu for the indicated service type to the default value.
Default
VPLS: 1514
The following table displays MTU values for specific VC types.
octets
The size of the MTU in octets, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values
split-horizon-group
Syntax
[no] split-horizon-group [group-name] [residential-group]
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command creates a new split horizon group for the VPLS instance. Traffic arriving on a SAP or spoke SDP within this split horizon group will not be copied to other SAPs or spoke SDPs in the same split horizon group.
A split horizon group must be created before SAPs and spoke SDPs can be assigned to the group.
The split horizon group is defined within the context of a single VPLS. The same group-name can be re-used in different VPLS instances.
Up to 30 split horizon groups can be defined per VPLS instance.
The no form of the command removes the group name from the configuration.
Parameters
group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SDP belongs.
residential-group
Defines a split horizon group as a residential split horizon group (RSHG). Doing so entails that:
a) SAPs which are members of this Residential Split Horizon Group will have:
STP disabled (can not be enabled)
b) Spoke SDPs which are members of this Residential Split Horizon Group will have:
Default
A split horizon group is by default not created as a residential-group.
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [capture-sap]
no sap sap-id
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the 7750. Each SAP must be unique. All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.
A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command. Channelized TDM ports are always access ports.
If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service will be discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be deleted. For Internet Ethernet Service (IES), the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed.
Default
No SAPs are defined.
Special Cases
A VPLS SAP can be defined with Ethernet ports, SONET/SDH or TDM channels.
A default SAP has the following format: port-id:*. This type of SAP is supported only on Ethernet MDAs and its creation is allowed only in the scope of Layer 2 services (Epipe and VPLS). This type of SAP is mutually exclusive with a SAP defined by explicit null encapsulation (for example, 1/1/1:0).
Parameters
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
port-id
Specifies the physical port ID in the slot/mda/port format.
If the card in the slot has Media Dependent Adapters (MDAs) installed, the port-id must be in the slot_number/MDA_number/port_number format. For example 6/2/3 specifies port 3 on MDA 2 in slot 6.
The port-id must reference a valid port type. When the port-id parameter represents SONET/SDH and TDM channels, the port ID must include the channel ID. A period “.” separates the physical port from the channel-id. The port must be configured as an access port.
If the SONET/SDH port is configured as clear-channel then only the port is specified.
split-horizon-group group-name
Specifies an existing split horizon group name.
capture-sap
Keyword to create a capture SAP.
create
Keyword used to create a SAP instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.
accounting-policy
Syntax
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
no accounting-policy
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command creates the accounting policy context that can be applied to a SAP or SDP.
An accounting policy must be defined before it can be associated with a SAP or SDP.
If the
policy-id does not exist, an error message is generated.
A maximum of one accounting policy can be associated with a SAP or SDP at one time. Accounting policies are configured in the config>log context.
The no form of this command removes the accounting policy association from the SAP or SDP, and the acccounting policy reverts to the default.
Default
Default accounting policy.
Parameters
acct-policy-id
Enter the accounting policy-id as configured in the config>log>accounting-policy context.
Values
collect-stats
Syntax
[no] collect-stats
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
Description
This command enables accounting and statistical data collection for either the SAP or SDP, network port, or IP interface. When applying accounting policies the data, by default, is collected in the appropriate records and written to the designated billing file.
When the no collect-stats command is issued the statistics are still accumulated by the IOM cards. However, the CPU will not obtain the results and write them to the billing file. If a subsequent collect-stats command is issued then the counters written to the billing file include all the traffic while the no collect-stats command was in effect.
Default
collect-stats
cflowd
Syntax
cflowd {acl | interface}
no cflowd
Context
config>service>ies>interface
Description
This command enables cflowd to collect traffic flow samples through a router for analysis.
cflowd is used for network planning and traffic engineering, capacity planning, security, application and user profiling, performance monitoring, usage-based billing, and SLA measurement. When cflowd is enabled at the interface level, all packets forwarded by the interface are subjected to analysis according to the cflowd configuration.
Default
no cflowd
Parameters
acl
cflowd configuration associated with a filter.
interface
cflowd configuration associated with an IP interface.
limit-mac-move
Syntax
limit-mac-move [blockable | non-blockable]
no limit-mac-move
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
This command indicates whether or not the mac-move agent, when enabled using config>service>vpls>mac-move or config>service>epipe>mac-move, will limit the MAC re-learn (move) rate on this SAP.
Default
SAPs and spoke SDPs are blockable
Parameters
blockable
the agent will monitor the MAC re-learn rate on the SAP, and it will block it when the re-learn rate is exceeded.
non-blockable
When specified, this SAP will not be blocked, and another blockable SAP will be blocked instead.
mac-pinning
Syntax
[no] mac-pinning
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description
Enabling this command will disable re-learning of MAC addresses on other SAPs within the VPLS. The MAC address will remain attached to a given SAP for the duration of its age-timer.
The age of the MAC address entry in the FIB is set by the age timer. If mac-aging is disabled on a given VPLS service, any MAC address learned on a SAP/SDP with mac-pinning enabled will remain in the FIB on this SAP/SDP forever.
Every event that would otherwise result in re-learning will be logged (MAC address, original-SAP, new-SAP).
Note that MAC addresses learned during DHCP address assignment (DHCP snooping enabled) are not impacted by this command. MAC-pinning for such addresses is implicit.
Default
When a SAP or spoke SDP is part of a Residential Split Horizon Group (RSHG), MAC pinning is activated at creation of the SAP. Otherwise MAC pinning is not enabled by default.
managed-vlan-list
Syntax
managed-vlan-list
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command enters the context for configuring VLAN ranges to be managed by a management VPLS. The list indicates, for each SAP, the ranges of associated VLANs that will be affected when the SAP changes state.
This command is only valid when the VPLS in which it is entered was created as a management VPLS.
range
Syntax
[no] range vlan-range
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>managed-vlan-list
Description
This command configures a range of VLANs on an access port that are to be managed by an existing management VPLS.
This command is only valid when the VPLS in which it is entered was created as a management VPLS, and when the SAP in which it was entered was created on an Ethernet port with encapsulation type of dot1q or qinq, or on a Sonet/SDH port with encapsulation type of bcp-dot1q.
To modify the range of VLANs, first the new range should be entered and afterwards the old range removed.
Default
None
Parameters
vlan-range
Specify the VLAN start value and VLAN end value. The end-vlan must be greater than start-vlan. The format is <start-vlan>-<end-vlan>
Values
track-srrp
Syntax
track-srrp srrp-id
no track-srrp
Context
configure>service>vpls>sap>
Description
This is a capture SAP level command. This command is important in PPPoE deployments with MSAPs. PPPoE operation requires that the MAC address learned by the client at the very beginning of the session negotiation phase remains unchanged for the lifetime of the session (RFC 2516). This command will ensure that that the virtual MAC address used during the PPPoE session negotiation phase on the capture SAP is the same virtual MAC address that is used by the SRRP on the group-interface on which the session is established. Therefore, it is mandated that the SRRP instance (and implicitly the group-interface) where the session belongs to is known in advance. If the group-interface name for the session is returned by the RADIUS, it must be ensured that this group-interface is the one on which the tracked SRRP instance is configured. PPPoE sessions on the same capture SAP cannot be shared across multiple group-interfaces, but instead they all must belong to a single group-interface that is known in advance.
The same restrictions will apply to IPoE clients in MC Redundancy scenario if they are to be supported concurrently on the same capture SAP as PPPoE.
The supported capture SAP syntax is this:
sap <port-id>:X.* capture-sap
The capture SAP syntax that is NOT supported is this:
sap <port-id>:*.* capture-sap
Default
None
Parameters
srrp-id
Specify the SRRP instance number.
Values
 
VPLS SAP ATM Commands
atm
Syntax
atm
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure ATM-related attributes. This command can only be used when a given context (for example, a channel or SAP) supports ATM functionality such as:
If ATM functionality is not supported for a given context, the command returns an error.
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>atm
Description
This command enables the context to configure egress ATM attributes for the SAP.
encapsulation
Syntax
encapsulation atm-encap-type
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>atm
Description
This command specifies the data encapsulation for an ATM PVCC delimited SAP. The definition references RFC 2684, Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM AAL5, and to the ATM Forum LAN Emulation specification.
Ingress traffic that does not match the configured encapsulation will be dropped.
Default
The encapsulation is driven by the services for which the SAP is configured.
For IES and VPRN service SAPs, the default is
aal5snap-routed.
Parameters
atm-encap-type
Specify the encapsulation type.
Values
aal5snap-routed — Routed encapsulation for LLC encapsulated circuit (LLC/SNAP precedes protocol datagram) as defined in RFC 2684.
aal5mux-ip — Routed IP encapsulation for VC multiplexed circuit as defined in RFC 2684
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>atm
Description
This command enables the context to configure ingress ATM attributes for the SAP.
traffic-desc
Syntax
traffic-desc traffic-desc-profile-id
no traffic-desc
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>atm>ingress
config>service>vpls>sap>atm>egress
Description
This command assigns an ATM traffic descriptor profile to a given context (for example, a SAP).
When configured under the ingress context, the specified traffic descriptor profile defines the traffic contract in the forward direction.
When configured under the egress context, the specified traffic descriptor profile defines the traffic contract in the backward direction.
The no form of the command reverts the traffic descriptor to the default traffic descriptor profile.
Default
The default traffic descriptor (trafficDescProfileId. = 1) is associated with newly created PVCC-delimited SAPs.
Parameters
traffic-desc-profile-id
Specify a defined traffic descriptor profile (see the QoS atm-td-profile command).
oam
Syntax
oam
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>atm
Description
This command enables the context to configure OAM functionality for a PVCC delimiting a SAP.
The ATM-capable MDAs support F5 end-to-end OAM functionality (AIS, RDI, loopback):
alarm-cells
Syntax
[no] alarm-cells
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>atm
Description
This command configures AIS/RDI fault management on a PVCC. Fault management allows PVCC termination to monitor and report the status of their connection by propagating fault information through the network and by driving PVCC’s operational status.
When alarm-cells functionality is enabled, PVCC’s operational status is affected when a PVCC goes into AIS or RDI state because of an AIS/RDI processing (i.e. assuming nothing else affects PVCC’s operational status, PVCC goes DOWN, when it enters a fault state and comes back UP, when it exits that fault state) and RDI cells are generated when PVCC is operationally DOWN. No OAM-specific SNMP trap is raised whenever an endpoint enters/exits an AIS or RDI state; however, if as result of an OAM state change, the PVCC changes operational status; then a trap is expected from an entity the PVCC is associated with (for example a SAP).
The no command disables alarm-cells functionality for a PVCC. When alarm-cells functionality is disabled, PVCC’s operational status is no longer affected by PVCC’s OAM state changes due to AIS/RDI processing (Note that when alarm-cells is disabled, a PVCC will change operational status to UP, if it was DOWN because of the alarm-cell processing) and RDI cells are not generated as result of PVCC going into an AIS or RDI state; however, PVCC’s OAM status will record OAM faults as described above.
Default
Enabled for PVCCs delimiting VPLS SAPs
 
Service Billing Commands
authentication-policy
Syntax
authentication-policy name
no authentication-policy
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command defines which subscriber authentication policy must be applied when a DHCP message is received on the interface. The authentication policies must already be defined. The policy will only be applied when DHCP snooping is enabled on the SAP on Layer 2 interfaces.
Parameters
name
Specifies a unique authentication policy name.
root-guard
Syntax
[no] root-guard
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
Description
This command specifies whether this port is allowed to become an STP root port. It corresponds to the restrictedRole parameter in 802.1Q. If set, it can cause lack of spanning tree connectivity.
Default
no root-guard
 
SAP Subscriber Management Commands
Subscriber management commands are also described in the Triple Play Services Command Reference section.
sub-sla-mgmt
Syntax
[no] sub-sla-mgmt
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
config>service>ies>if>sap
Description
This command entables the context to configure subscriber management parameters for this SAP.
Default
no sub-sla-mgmt
def-sla-profile
Syntax
def-sla-profile default-sla-profile-name
no def-sla-profile
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
config>service>ies>if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
Description
This command specifies a default SLA profile for this SAP. The SLA profile must be defined prior to associating the profile with a SAP in the config>subscriber-mgmt>sla-profile context.
An SLA profile is a named group of QoS parameters used to define per service QoS for all subscriber hosts common to the same subscriber within a provider service offering. A single SLA profile may define the QoS parameters for multiple subscriber hosts. SLA profiles are maintained in two locations, the subscriber identification policy and the subscriber profile templates. After a subscriber host is associated with an SLA profile name, either the subscriber identification policy used to identify the subscriber or the subscriber profile associated with the subscriber host must contain an SLA profile with that name. If both the subscriber identification policy and the subscriber profile contain the SLA profile name, the SLA profile in the subscriber profile is used.
The no form of the command removes the default SLA profile from the SAP configuration.
Default
no def-sla-profile
Parameters
default-sla-profile-name
Specifies a default SLA profile for this SAP. The SLA profile must be defined prior to associating the profile with a SAP in the config>subscriber-mgmt>sla-profile context.
 
 
 
def-sub-profile
Syntax
def-sub-profile default-subscriber-profile-name
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
config>service>ies>if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
Description
This command specifies a default subscriber profile for this SAP. The subscriber profile must be defined prior to associating the profile with a SAP in the config>subscriber-mgmt>sub-profile context.
A subscriber profile defines the aggregate QoS for all hosts within a subscriber context. This is done through the definition of the egress and ingress scheduler policies that govern the aggregate SLA for subscriber using the subscriber profile. Subscriber profiles also allow for specific SLA profile definitions when the default definitions from the subscriber identification policy must be overridden.
The no form of the command removes the default SLA profile from the SAP configuration.
Parameters
default-sub-profile
Specifies a default subscriber profile for this SAP. The subscriber profile must be defined prior to associating the profile with a SAP in the config>subscriber-mgmt>sub-profile context.
sub-ident-policy
Syntax
sub-ident-policy sub-ident-policy-name
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
config>service>ies>if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
Description
This command associates a subscriber identification policy to this SAP. The subscriber identification policy must be defined prior to associating the profile with a SAP in the config>subscriber-mgmt>sub-ident-policy context.
Subscribers are managed by the system through the use of subscriber identification strings. A subscriber identification string uniquely identifies a subscriber. For static hosts, the subscriber identification string is explicitly defined with each static subscriber host.
For dynamic hosts, the subscriber identification string must be derived from the DHCP ACK message sent to the subscriber host. The default value for the string is the content of Option 82 CIRCUIT-ID and REMOTE-ID fields interpreted as an octet string. As an option, the DHCP ACK message may be processed by a subscriber identification policy which has the capability to parse the message into an alternative ASCII or octet string value.
When multiple hosts on the same port are associated with the same subscriber identification string they are considered to be host members of the same subscriber.
The no form of the command removes the default subscriber identifcation policy from the SAP configuration.
Default
no sub-ident-policy
Parameters
sub-ident-policy-name
Specifies a subscriber identification policy for this SAP. The subscriber profile must be defined prior to associating the profile with a SAP in the config>subscriber-mgmt>sub-ident-policy context.
subscriber sub-ident-string
Specifies a subscriber identification profile to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber information is used by the SAP arp-reply-agent to determine the proper handling of received ARP requests from subscribers.
For VPLS SAPs with arp-reply-agent enabled with the optional sub-ident parameter, the static subscriber host’s sub-ident-string is used to determine whether an ARP request received on the SAP is sourced from a host belonging to the same subscriber as the destination host. When both the destination and source hosts from the ARP request are known on the SAP and the subscriber identifications do not match, the ARP request may be forwarded to the rest of the destinations.
If the static subscriber host’s sub-ident string is not defined, the host is not considered to belong to the same subscriber as another host on the SAP.
If source or destination host is unknown, the hosts are not considered to belong to the same subscriber. (ARP messages from unknown hosts are subject to anti-spoof filtering rules applied at the SAP.)
If sub-ident is not enabled on the SAP arp-reply-agent, subscriber identification matching is not performed on ARP requests received on the SAP.
ARP requests are never forwarded back to the same SAP or within the receiving SAP’s Split Horizon Group.
profiled-traffic-only
Syntax
[no] profiled-traffic-only
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
config>service>ies>if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt>single-sub
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt
Description
This command enables profiled traffic only for this SAP. The profiled traffic refers to single subscriber traffic on a dedicated SAP (in the VLAN-per-subscriber model). When enabled, subscriber queues are instantiated through the QOS policy defined in the sla-profile and the associated SAP queues are deleted. This can increase subscriber scaling by reducing the number of queues instantiated per subscriber (in the VLAN-per-subscriber model). In order for this to be achieved, any configured multi-sub-sap limit must be removed (leaving the default of 1).
The no form of the command disables the command.
non-sub-traffic
Syntax
non-sub-traffic sub-profile sub-profile-name sla-profile sla-profile-name [subscriber sub-ident-string]
no non-sub-traffic
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt>single-sub
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt>single-sub
Description
This command configures non-subscriber traffic profiles. It is used in conjunction with the profiled-traffic-only on single subscriber SAPs and creates a subscriber host which is used to forward non-IP traffic through the single subscriber SAP without the need for SAP queues.
The no form of the command removes removes the profiles and disables the feature.
Parameters
sub-profile sub-profile-name
Specifies an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile context.
sla-profile sla-profile-name
Specifies an existing SLA profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The SLA profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile context.
subscriber sub-ident-string
Specifies an existing subscriber identification profile to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber identification profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-ident-policy context. The subscriber information is used by the VPRN SAP arp-reply-agent to determine the proper handling of received ARP requests from subscribers.
For SAPs with arp-reply-agent enabled with the optional sub-ident parameter, the static subscriber host’s sub-ident-string is used to determine whether an ARP request received on the SAP is sourced from a host belonging to the same subscriber as the destination host. When both the destination and source hosts from the ARP request are known on the SAP and the subscriber identifications do not match, the ARP request may be forwarded to the rest of the destinations.
If the static subscriber host’s sub-ident string is not defined, the host is not considered to belong to the same subscriber as another host on the SAP.
If source or destination host is unknown, the hosts are not considered to belong to the same subscriber. (ARP messages from unknown hosts are subject to anti-spoof filtering rules applied at the SAP.)
If sub-ident is not enabled on the SAP arp-reply-agent, subscriber identification matching is not performed on ARP requests received on the SAP.
ARP requests are never forwarded back to the same SAP or within the receiving SAP’s Split Horizon Group.
profiled-traffic-only
Syntax
[no] profiled-traffic-only
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt>single-sub
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>sub-sla-mgmt>single-sub
Description
This command enables profiled traffic only for this SAP. The profiled traffic refers to single subscriber traffic on a dedicated SAP (in the VLAN-per-subscriber model). When enabled, subscriber queues are instantiated through the QOS policy defined in the sla-profile and the associated SAP queues are deleted. This can increase subscriber scaling by reducing the number of queues instantiated per subscriber (in the VLAN-per-subscriber model). In order for this to be achieved, any configured multi-sub-sap limit must be removed (leaving the default of 1).
The no form of the command disables the command.
 
Multicast Commands
fast-leave
Syntax
[no] fast-leave
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
This command enables fast leave.
When IGMP fast leave processing is enabled, the SR-Series will immediately remove a SAP or SDP from the IP multicast group when it detects an IGMP 'leave' on that SAP or SDP. Fast leave processing allows the switch to remove a SAP or SDP that sends a 'leave' from the forwarding table without first sending out group-specific queries to the SAP or SDP, and thus speeds up the process of changing channels ('zapping').
Fast leave should only be enabled when there is a single receiver present on the SAP or SDP.
When fast leave is enabled, the configured last-member-query-interval value is ignored.
Default
no fast-leave
from-vpls
Syntax
from-vpls vpls-id
no from-vpls
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping>mvr
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping>mvr
Description
This command configures the VPLS from which multicast traffic is copied upon receipt of an IGMP join request.
IGMP snooping must be enabled on the MVR VPLS.
Default
no from-vpls
Parameters
vpls-id
Specifies the MVR VPLS from which multicast channels should be copied into this SAP.
group
Syntax
[no] group grp-address
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping>static
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping>static
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping>static
Description
This command adds a static multicast group either as a (*, g) or as one or more (s,g) records. When a static IGMP group is added, multicast data for that (*,g) or (s,g) is forwarded to the specific SAP or SDP without receiving any membership report from a host.
Default
none
Parameters
grp-address
Specifies an IGMP multicast group address that receives data on an interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group.
group-policy
Syntax
group-policy policy-name
no group-policy
Context
config>service>vpls>snooping>mvr
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping>mvr
Description
Identifies filter policy of multicast groups to be applied to this MVR VPLS. The sources of the multicast traffic must be a member of the MVR VPLS
The no form of the command removes the MVR policy association from the VPLS.
Default
no import policy is specified.
Parameters
policy-name
The routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported. For details on IGMP policies, see Enabling IGMP Group Membership Report Filtering .
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description
This command enables the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping context.
Default
none
mld-snooping
Syntax
mld-snooping
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command configures MLD snooping parameters.
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP at any time.
The no form of the command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.
Default
no import (No import policy is specified)
Parameters
policy-name
The routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
last-member-query-interval
Syntax
last-member-query-interval tenths-of-seconds
no last-member-query-interval
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
This command configures the maximum response time used in group-specific queries sent in response to 'leave' messages, and is also the amount of time between 2 consecutive group-specific queries. This value may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the loss of the last member of a group.
The configured last-member-query-interval is ignored when fast-leave is enabled on the SAP or SDP.
Default
10
Parameters
seconds
Specifies the frequency, in tenths of seconds, at which query messages are sent.
Values
max-num-groups
Syntax
max-num-groups count
no max-num-groups
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
This command defines the maximum number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP. If the SR-Series receives an IGMP join message that would exceed the configured number of groups, the request is ignored.
Default
no max-num-groups
Parameters
count
Specifies the maximum number of groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP.
Values
mcac
Syntax
mcac
Context
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
Description
This command configures multicast CAC policy and constraints for this interface.
Default
none
policy
Syntax
policy policy-name
no policy
Context
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping>mcac
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping>mcac
Description
This command configures the multicast CAC policy name.
Parameters
policy-name
The multicast CAC policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
unconstrained-bw
Syntax
unconstrained-bw bandwidth mandatory-bw mandatory-bw
no unconstrained-bw
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping>mcac
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping>mcac
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>mcac
Description
This command configures the bandwidth for the interface's multicast CAC policy traffic. When disabled (no unconstrained-bw) there will be no checking of bandwidth constraints on the interface level. When enabled and a policy is defined, enforcement is performed. The allocated bandwidth for optional channels should not exceed the unconstrained-bw minus the mandatory-bw and the mandatory channels have to stay below the specified value for the mandatory-bw. After this interface check, the bundle checks are performed.
Parameters
bandwidth
The bandwidth assigned for interface's MCAC policy traffic, in kilo-bits per second (kbps).
Values
mandatory-bw mandatory-bw
Specifies the bandwidth pre-reserved for all the mandatory channels on a given interface in kilo-bits per second (kbps).
If the bandwidth value is 0, no mandatory channels are allowed. If bandwith is not configured, then all mandatory and optional channels are allowed.
If the value of mandatory-bw is equal to the value of bandwidth, then all the unconstrained bandwidth on a given interface is allocated to mandatory channels configured through multicast CAC policy on that interface and no optional groups (channels) are allowed.
The value of mandatory-bw should always be less than or equal to that of bandwidth, An attempt to set the value of mandatory-bw greater than that of bandwidth, will result in inconsistent value error.
Values
mrouter-port
Syntax
[no] mrouter-port
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
Description
This command specifies whether a multicast router is attached behind this SAP or SDP.
Configuring a SAP as an mrouter-port will have a double effect. Firstly, all multicast traffic received on another SAP or SDP will be copied to this SAP or SDP. Secondly, IGMP reports generated by the system as a result of someone joining or leaving a multicast group, will be sent to this SAP or SDP.
If two multicast routers exist in the network, one of them will become the active querier. While the other multicast router (non-querier) stops sending IGMP queries, it should still receive reports to keep its multicast trees up to date. To support this, the mrouter-port should be enabled on all SAPs or SDPs connecting to a multicast router.
Note that the IGMP version to be used for the reports (v1, v2 or v3) can only be determined after an initial query has been received. Until such time no reports are sent on the SAP or spoke SDP, even if mrouter-port is enabled.
If the send-queries command is enabled on this SAP or spoke SDP, the mrouter-port parameter can not be set.
Default
no mrouter-port
mvr
Syntax
mvr
Context
config>service>vpls>snooping
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
Description
This command enables the context to configure Multicast VPLS Registration (MVR) parameters.
query-interval
Syntax
query-interval seconds
no query-interval
Context
config>service>vpls>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter specifies the interval between two consecutive general queries sent by the system on this SAP or SDP.
The configured query-interval must be greater than the configured query-response-interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP or SDP, the configured query-interval value is ignored.
Default
125
Parameters
seconds
The time interval, in seconds, that the router transmits general host-query messages.
Values
query-src-ip
Syntax
query-src-ip ipv6-address
no query-src-ip
Context
config>service>vpls>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
Description
This command configures the IP source address used in IGMP or MLD queries.
query-response-interval
Syntax
query-response-interval seconds
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter specifies the maximum response time advertised in IGMPv2/v3 queries.
The configured query-response-interval must be smaller than the configured query-interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP or SDP, the configured query-response-interval value is ignored.
Default
10
Parameters
seconds
Specifies the length of time to wait to receive a response to the host-query message from the host.
Values
report-src-ip
Syntax
report-src-ip ip-address
no report-src-ip
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
Description
This parameters specifies the source IP address used when generating IGMP reports. According the IGMPv3 standard, a zero source address is allowed in sending IGMP reports. However, for interoperability with some multicast routers, the source IP address of IGMP group reports can be configured using this command.
Default
0.0.0.0
Parameters
ip-address
The source IP source address in transmitted IGMP reports.
robust-count
Syntax
robust-count robust-count
no robust-count
Context
config>service>vpls>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a SAP or SDP. The robust-count variable allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet and is comparable to a retry count. If this SAP or SDP is expected to be 'lossy', this parameter may be increased. IGMP snooping on this SAP or SDP is robust to (robust-count-1) packet losses.
If send-queries is not enabled, this parameter will be ignored.
Default
2
Parameters
robust-count
Specifies the robust count for the SAP or SDP.
Values
send-queries
Syntax
[no] send-queries
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
This command specifies whether to send IGMP general query messages on the SAP or SDP.
If mrouter-port is enabled on this SAP or spoke SDP, the send-queries command parameter can not be set.
Default
no send-queries
source
[no] source ip-address
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping>static>group
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping>static>group
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping>static>group
Description
This command adds a static (s,g) entry to allow multicast traffic for the corresponding multicast group from that specific source. For the same multicast group, more than one source can be specified.
Static (s,g) entries can not be entered when a starg is already created.
Use the no form of the command to remove the source from the configuration.
Default
none
Parameters
ip-address
Specifies the IPv4 unicast address.
starg
Syntax
[no] starg
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping>static>group
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping>static>group
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping>static>group
Description
This command adds a static (*,g) entry to allow multicast traffic for the corresponding multicast group from any source. This command can only be enabled if no existing source addresses for this group are specified.
Use the no form of the command to remove the starg entry from the configuration.
Default
no starg
static
Syntax
static
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure static group addresses. Static group addresses can be configured on a SAP or SDP. When present either as a (*, g) or a (s,g) entry, multicast packets matching the configuration will be forwarded even if no join message was registered for the specific group.
Default
none
to-sap
Syntax
to-sap sap-id
no to-sap
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>snooping>mvr
Description
In some situations, the multicast traffic should not be copied from the MVR VPLS to the SAP on which the IGMP message was received (standard MVR behaviour) but to another SAP.
This command configures the SAP to which the multicast data needs to be copied.
Default
no to-sap
Parameters
sap-id
Specifies the SAP to which multicast channels should be copied. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
 
DHCP and Anti-Spoofing Commands
anti-spoof
Syntax
anti-spoof {ip | mac | ip-mac}
no anti-spoof
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sap
Description
This command enables anti-spoof filtering and optionally changes the anti-spoof matching type for the SAP.
The type of anti-spoof filtering defines what information in the incoming packet is used to generate the criteria to lookup an entry in the anti-spoof filter table. The type parameter (ip, mac, ip-mac) defines the anti-spoof filter type enforced by the SAP when anti-spoof filtering is enabled.
The no form of the command disables anti-spoof filtering on the SAP.
Default
no anti-spoof
Parameters
ip
Configures SAP anti-spoof filtering to use only the source IP address in its lookup. If a static host exists on the SAP without an IP address specified, the anti-spoof ip command will fail.
mac
Configures SAP anti-spoof filtering to use only the source MAC address in its lookup. If a static host exists on the SAP without a specified MAC address, the anti-spoof mac command will fail.
ip-mac
Configures SAP anti-spoof filtering to use both the source IP address and the source MAC address in its lookup. If a static host exists on the SAP without both the IP address and MAC address specified, the anti-spoof ip-mac command will fail.
arp-host
Syntax
arp-host
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command enables the context to configure ARP host parameters.
diameter-auth-policy
Syntax
diameter-auth-policy name
no diameter-auth-policy
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command is used to configure the Diameter NASREQ application policy to use for authentication.
Parameters
name
Specifies the name of the Diameter NASREQ application policy to use for authentication.
host-limit
Syntax
host-limit max-num-hosts
no host-limit
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>arp-host
Description
This command configures the maximum number of ARP hosts.
The no form of the command returns the value to the default.
Default
1
Parameters
max-num-hosts
specifies the maximum number of ARP hosts allowed on this SAP. Note that the operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Values
min-auth-interval
Syntax
min-auth-interval min-auth-interval
no min-auth-interval
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>arp-host
Description
This command configures the minimum authentication interval.
The no form of the command returns the value to the default.
Default
15
Parameters
min-auth-interval
Specifies the minimum authentical interval, in minutes.
Values
arp-reply-agent
Syntax
arp-reply-agent [sub-ident]
no arp-reply-agent
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command enables a special ARP response mechanism in the system for ARP requests destined to static or dynamic hosts associated with the SAP. The system responds to each ARP request using the hosts MAC address as the both the source MAC address in the Ethernet header and the target hardware address in the ARP header.
ARP replies and requests received on a SAP with arp-reply-agent enabled will be evaluated by the system against the anti-spoof filter entries associated with the ingress SAP (if the SAP has anti-spoof filtering enabled). ARPs from unknown hosts on the SAP will be discarded when anti-spoof filtering is enabled.
The ARP reply agent only responds if the ARP request enters an interface (SAP, spoke-SDP or mesh-SDP) associated with the VPLS instance of the SAP.
A received ARP request that is not in the ARP reply agent table is flooded to all forwarding interfaces of the VPLS capable of broadcast except the ingress interface while honoring split-horizon constraints.
Static hosts can be defined on the SAP using the host command. Dynamic hosts are enabled on the system by enabling the lease-populate command in the SAP’s dhcp context. In the event that both a static host and a dynamic host share the same IP and MAC address, the VPLS ARP reply agent will retain the host information until both the static and dynamic information are removed. In the event that both a static and dynamic host share the same IP address, but different MAC addresses, the VPLS ARP reply agent is populated with the static host information.
The arp-reply-agent command will fail if an existing static host on the SAP does not have both MAC and IP addresses specified. Once the ARP reply agent is enabled, creating a static host on the SAP without both an IP address and MAC address will fail.
The ARP-reply-agent may only be enabled on SAPs supporting Ethernet encapsulation.
The no form of the command disables ARP-reply-agent functions for static and dynamic hosts on the SAP.
Default
not enabled
Parameters
sub-ident
configures the arp-reply-agent to discard ARP requests received on the SAP that are targeted for a known host on the same SAP with the same subscriber identification.
Hosts are identified by their subscriber information. For DHCP subscriber hosts, the subscriber hosts, the subscriber information is configured using the optional subscriber parameter string.
When arp-reply-agent is enabled with sub-ident:
When sub-ident is not configured, the arp-reply-agent does not attempt to identify the subscriber information for the destination or originating host and will not discard an ARP request based on subscriber information.
calling-station-id
Syntax
[no] calling-station-id {mac | remote-id | sap-id | sap-string}
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vprn>interface
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
config>subscr-mgmt>auth-plcy>include-radius-attribute
Description
This command enables the inclusion of the calling-station-id attribute in RADIUS authentication requests and RADIUS accounting messages.
Default
no calling-station-id
Parameters
mac
Specifies that the mac-address will be sent.
remote-id
Specifies that the remote-id will be sent.
sap-id
Specifies that the sap-id will be sent.
sap-string
Specifies that the value is the inserted value set at the SAP level. If no calling-station-id value is set at the SAP level, the calling-station-id attribute will not be sent.
host
Syntax
host {[ip ip-address] [mac mac-address]} [subscriber-sap-id | subscriber sub-ident-string] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name] [ancp-string ancp-string] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [mac-linking ip-address][rip-policy rip-policy-name]
no host {[ip ip-address] [mac ieee-address]}
no host all [force]
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Description
This command creates a static subscriber host for the SAP. Static subscriber hosts may be used by the system for various purposes. Applications within the system that make use of static host entries include anti-spoof, ARP reply agent and source MAC population into the VPLS forwarding database.
Multiple static hosts may be defined on the SAP. Each host is identified by either a source IP address, a source MAC address or both a source IP and source MAC address. Every static host definition must have at least one address defined, IP or MAC.
Static hosts can exist on the SAP even with anti-spoof and ARP reply agent features disabled. When enabled, each feature has different requirements for static hosts.
Use the no form of the command to remove a static entry from the system. The specified ip-address and mac-address must match the host’s exact IP and MAC addresses as defined when it was created. When a static host is removed from the SAP, the corresponding anti-spoof filter entry and/or FDB entry is also removed.
Default
none
Parameters
ip ip-address
Specify this optional parameter when defining a static host. The IP address must be specified for anti-spoof ip and anti-spoof ip-mac. Only one static host may be configured on the SAP with a given IP address.
mac mac-address
Specify this optional parameter when defining a static host. The MAC address must be specified for anti-spoof mac and anti-spoof ip-mac. Multiple static hosts may be configured with the same MAC address given that each definition is distinguished by a unique IP address.
If the MAC address is not specified for a static host, the system will learn respective MAC address dynamically from ARP packets (arp-request or gratuitous-arp) generated by the host with the specified IP address. On a VPLS service, this can occur if arp-reply-agent function is enabled on a given SAP. On Layer 3 services, such as IES or VPRN) the ARP packets are always examined so no further conditions are applicable.
The learned MAC address will be handled as a MAC address of static host with explicitly defined mac-address. Meaning:
Every time the given static-host uses different MAC address in its ARP request, the dynamic mac-learning process will be performed. The old MAC address will be overwritten by a new MAC address.
The learned MAC address will not be made persistent (a static host is not a part of the persistency file). A service discontinuity of such a host could be proportional to its arp-cache timeout.
The following interactions are described:
Every static host definition must have at least one address defined, IP or MAC.
subscriber-sap-id
Specifies to use the sap-id as the subscriber-id.
subscriber sub-ident-string
This optional parameter is used to specify an existing subscriber identification profile to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber identification profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-ident-policy context.
sub-profile sub-profile-name
This optional parameter is used to specify an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile context.
sla-profile sla-profile-name
This optional parameter is used to specify an existing SLA profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The SLA profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile context.
ancp-string ancp-string
Specifies the ANCP string associated to this SAP host.
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
Specifies to which intermediate destination (for example a DSLAM) this host belongs.
mac-linking
Syntax
mac-linking ip-address
no mac-linking
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command associates this IPv6 host to the specified IPv4 host through the learned MAC address. A learned MAC from the IPv6 host will be associated with the IPv4 host and vice versa.
Default
none
rip-policy
Syntax
rip-policy rip-policy-name
no rip-policy
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command specifies the name of the RIP policy up to 32 characters inlength.
The no form of the command removes the policy name from the static-host configuration.
Default
none
igmp-host-tracking
Syntax
igmp-host-tracking
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command enables the context to configure IGMP host tracking parameters.
disable-router-alert-check
Syntax
[no] disable-router-alert-check
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-host-tracking
Description
This command enables the IGMP router alert check option.
The no form of the command disables the router alert check.
expiry-time
Syntax
expiry-time expiry-time
no expiry-time
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-snooping
Description
This command configures the time that the system continues to track inactive hosts.
The no form of the command removes the values from the configuration.
Default
no expiry-time
Parameters
expiry-time
Specifies the time, in seconds, that this system continues to track an inactive host.
Values
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-snooping
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP at any time.
The no form of the command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.
Default
no import (No import policy is specified)
Parameters
policy-name
The routing policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
max-num-group
Syntax
max-num-groups max-num-groups
no max-num-groups
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-snooping
Description
This command configures the maximum number of multicast groups allowed to be tracked.
The no form of the command removes the values from the configuration.
Default
no max-num-groups
Parameters
max-num-groups
Specifies the maximum number of multicast groups allowed to be tracked.
Values
max-num-sources
Syntax
max-num-sources max-num-sources
no max-num-sources
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-snooping
Description
This command configures the maximum number of multicast sources allowedto be tracked per group.
The no form of the command removes the value from the configuration.
Parameters
max-num-sources
Specifies the maximum number of multicast sources allowedto be tracked per group.
Values
max-num-grp-sources
Syntax
max-num-grp-sources [1..32000]
no max-num-grp-sources
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>igmp-snooping
Description
This command configures the maximum number of group sources for which IGMP can have local receiver information based on received IGMP reports on this interface. When this configuration is changed dynamically to a value lower than currently accepted number of group sources, the group sources that are already accepted are not deleted. Only new group sources will not be allowed. When this object has a value of 0, there is no limit to the number of group sources.
The no form of the command removes the value from the configuration.
Default
no max-num-grp-sources
Parameters
1..32000
Specifies the maximum number of multicast sources allowed to be tracked per group
 
 
Filter and QoS Policy Commands
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
Description
This command enables the context to configure egress Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
If no QoS policy is defined, the system default QoS policy is used for egress processing. If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>ies>if>sap
Description
This command enables the context to configure ingress Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.
If no QoS policy is defined, the system default sap-ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
filter
Syntax
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
 
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp>egress
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp>ingress
Description
This command associates an IP filter policy or MAC filter policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point (SAP) or IP interface.
Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP or MAC matching criteria. There are two types of filter policies: IP and MAC. Only one type may be applied to a SAP at a time.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified filter ID with an ingress or egress SAP. The filter ID must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an error message returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the SAP or IP interface. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the scope of the created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the association with the service object, use scope command within the filter definition to change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.
Special Cases
VPLS
Both MAC and IP filters are supported on a VPLS service SAP.
Parameters
ip ip-filter-id
Specifies IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Values
ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
Values
mac mac-filter-id
Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID must already exist within the created MAC filters. The filter policy must already exist within the created MAC filters.
Values
agg-rate
Syntax
[no] agg-rate
Context
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>group-if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>group-if>sap>egress
Description
This command is used to control an HQoS aggregate rate limit. It is used in conjunction with the following parameter commands: rate, limit-unused-bandwidth, and queue-frame-based-accounting.
rate
Syntax
rate {max | rate}
no rate
Context
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>group-if>sap>egress>agg-rate
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>group-if>sap>egress>agg-rate
Description
This command defines the enforced aggregate rate for all queues associated with the agg-rate context. A rate must be specified for the agg-rate context to be considered to be active on the context’s object (SAP, subscriber, VPORT etc.).
limit-unused-bandwidth
Syntax
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>group-if>sap>egress>agg-rate
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>group-if>sap>egress>agg-rate
Description
This command is used to enable (or disable) aggregate rate overrun protection on the agg-rate context.
queue-frame-based-accounting
Syntax
[no] queue-frame-based-accounting
Context
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>group-if>sap>egress>agg-rate
Description
This command is used to enabled (or disable) frame based accounting on all queues associated with the agg-rate context. Only supported on Ethernet ports. Not supported on HSMDA Ethernet ports.
filter
Syntax
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
Description
This command associates an IP filter policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point (SAP). Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on the matching criteria. MAC filters are only allowed on Epipe and Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) SAPs.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified filter ID with an ingress or egress SAP. The filter policy must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an error message returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to the match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the SAP. The filter ID itself is not removed from the system unless the scope of the created filter is set to local. To avoid deletion of the filter ID and only break the association with the service object, use scope command within the filter definition to change the scope to local or global. The default scope of a filter is local.
Special Cases
IES
Only IP filters are supported on an IES IP interface, and the filters only apply to routed traffic.
Parameters
ip ip-filter-id
Specifies IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Values
ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
Values
qinq-mark-top-only
Syntax
[no] qinq-mark-top-only
Context
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
Description
When enabled (the encapsulation type of the access port where this SAP is defined as qinq), the qinq-mark-top-only command specifies which P-bits to mark during packet egress. When disabled, both set of P-bits are marked. When the enabled, only the P-bits in the top Q-tag are marked.
Default
no qinq-mark-top-only
multicast-group
Syntax
multicast-group group-name
no multicast-group
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
Description
This command places a VPLS Ethernet SAP into an egress multicast group. The SAP must comply with the egress multicast group’s common requirements for member SAPs. If the SAP does not comply, the command will fail and the SAP will not be a member of the group. Common requirements for an egress multicast group are listed below:
Once a SAP is a member of an egress multicast group, the following rules apply:
Once a SAP is included in an egress multicast group, it is then eligible for efficient multicast replication if the egress forwarding plane performing replication for the SAP is capable. If the SAP is defined as a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) SAP, it is possible that some links in the LAG are on forwarding planes that support efficient multicast replication while others are not. The fact that some or all the forwarding planes associated with the SAP cannot perform efficient multicast replication does not affect the ability to place the SAP into an egress multicast group.
A SAP may be a member of one and only one egress multicast group. If the multicast-group command is executed with another egress multicast group name, the system will attempt to move the SAP to the specified group. If the SAP is not placed into the new group, the SAP will remain a member of the previous egress multicast group. Moving a SAP into an egress multicast group may cause a momentary gap in replications to the SAP destination while the move is being processed.
The no form of the command removes the SAP from any egress multicast group in which it may currently have membership. The SAP will be removed from all efficient multicast replication chains and normal replication will apply to the SAP. A momentary gap in replications to the SAP destination while it is being moved is possible. If the SAP is not currently a member in an egress multicast group, the command has no effect.
Default
no multicast-group
Parameters
group-name
The group-name is required when specifying egress multicast group membership on a SAP. An egress multicast group with the specified egress-multicast-group-name must exist and the SAP must pass all common requirements or the command will fail.
Values
Default
qos
Syntax
qos policy-id
no qos
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
Description
This command associates a Quality of Service (QoS) policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point (SAP) or IP interface.
QoS ingress and egress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA agreements. The policy ID must be defined prior to associating the policy with a SAP or IP interface. If the policy-id does not exist, an error will be returned.
The qos command is used to associate both ingress and egress QoS policies. The qos command only allows ingress policies to be associated on SAP or IP interface ingress and egress policies on SAP or IP interface egress. Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.
Only one ingress and one egress QoS policy can be associated with a SAP or IP interface at one time. Attempts to associate a second QoS policy of a given type will return an error.
By default, no specific QoS policy is associated with the SAP or IP interface for ingress or egress, so the default QoS policy is used.
The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the SAP or IP interface, and the QoS policy reverts to the default.
policy-id
The ingress/egress policy ID to associate with SAP or IP interface on ingress/egress. The policy ID must already exist.
Values
shared-queuing
Specify the ingress shared queue policy used by this SAP. When the value of this object is null, the SAP will use individual ingress QoS queues, instead of the shared ones.
 
 
queue-override
Syntax
[no] queue-override
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
Description
This command enables the context to configure override values for the specified SAP egress QoS queue. These values override the corresponding ones specified in the associated SAP egress QoS policy.
queue
Syntax
[no] queue queue-id
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override
 
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>queue-override
Description
This command specifies the ID of the queue whose parameters are to be overridden.
Parameters
queue-id
The queue ID whose parameters are to be overridden.
Values
adaptation-rule
Syntax
adaptation-rule [pir {max | min | closest}] [cir {max | min | closest}]
no adaptation-rule
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s adaptation rule parameters. The adaptation rule controls the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR settings when the queue is provisioned in hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined constraint.
The no form of the command removes any explicitly defined constraints used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the application of the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the default constraints for rate and cir apply.
Default
no adaptation-rule
Parameters
pir
The pir parameter defines the constraints enforced when adapting the PIR rate defined within the queue queue-id rate command. The pir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational PIR for the queue. When the rate command is not specified, the default applies.
max
The max (maximum) option is mutually exclusive with the min and closest options. When max is defined, the operational PIR for the queue will be equal to or less than the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
min
The min (minimum) option is mutually exclusive with the max and closest options. When min is defined, the operational PIR for the queue will be equal to or greater than the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
closest
The closest parameter is mutually exclusive with the min and max parameter. When closest is defined, the operational PIR for the queue will be the rate closest to the rate specified using the rate command.
cir
The cir parameter defines the constraints enforced when adapting the CIR rate defined within the queue queue-id rate command. The cir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational CIR for the queue. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default constraint applies.
avg-frame-overhead
Syntax
avg-frame-overhead percent
no avg-frame-overhead
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command configures the average frame overhead to define the average percentage that the offered load to a queue will expand during the frame encapsulation process before sending traffic on-the-wire. While the avg-frame-overhead value may be defined on any queue, it is only used by the system for queues that egress a SONET or SDH port or channel. Queues operating on egress Ethernet ports automatically calculate the frame encapsulation overhead based on a 20 byte per packet rule (8 bytes for preamble and 12 bytes for Inter-Frame Gap).
When calculating the frame encapsulation overhead for port scheduling purposes, the system determines the following values:
For egress Ethernet queues, the frame encapsulation overhead is calculated by multiplying the number of offered-packets for the queue by 20 bytes. If a queue was offered 50 packets then the frame encapsulation overhead would be 50 x 20 or 1000 octets.
As a special case, when a queue or associated intermediate scheduler is configured with a CIR-weight equal to 0, the system automatically sets the queue’s frame based within-cir offered-load to 0, preventing it from receiving bandwidth during the port scheduler’s within-cir pass.
Port scheduler operation using frame transformed rates — The port scheduler uses the frame based rates to figure the maximum rates that each queue may receive during the within-cir and above-cir bandwidth allocation passes. During the within-cir pass, a queue may receive up to its frame based within-cir offered-load. The maximum it may receive during the above-cir pass is the difference between the frame based within-pir offered load and the amount of actual bandwidth allocated during the within-cir pass.
SAP and subscriber SLA-profile average frame overhead override — The average frame overhead parameter on a sap-egress may be overridden at an individual egress queue basis. On each SAP and within the sla-profile policy used by subscribers an avg-frame-overhead command may be defined under the queue-override context for each queue. When overridden, the queue instance will use its local value for the average frame overhead instead of the sap-egress defined overhead.
The no form of this command restores the average frame overhead parameter for the queue to the default value of 0 percent. When set to 0, the system uses the packet based queue statistics for calculating port scheduler priority bandwidth allocation. If the no avg-frame-overhead command is executed in a queue-override queue id context, the avg-frame-overhead setting for the queue within the sap-egress QoS policy takes effect.
Default
0
Parameters
percent
This parameter sets the average amount of packet-to-frame encapsulation overhead expected for the queue. This value is not used by the system for egress Ethernet queues.
Values
cbs
Syntax
cbs size-in-kbytes
no cbs
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s CBS parameters.
It is permissible, and possibly desirable, to oversubscribe the total CBS reserved buffers for a given access port egress buffer pool. Oversubscription may be desirable due to the potential large number of service queues and the economy of statistical multiplexing the individual queue’s CBS settings into the defined reserved total.
When oversubscribing the reserved total, it is possible for a queue depth to be lower than its CBS setting and still not receive a buffer from the buffer pool for an ingress frame. As more queues are using their CBS buffers and the total in use exceeds the defined reserved total, essentially the buffers are being removed from the shared portion of the pool without the shared in use average and total counts being decremented. This can affect the operation of the high and low priority RED slopes on the pool, causing them to miscalculate when to start randomly drop packets.
If the CBS value is larger than the MBS value, an error will occur, preventing the CBS change.
The no form of this command returns the CBS size to the default value.
Default
no cbs
Parameters
size-in-kbytes
The size parameter is an integer expression of the number of kilobytes reserved for the queue. If a value of 10KBytes is desired, enter the value 10. A value of 0 specifies that no reserved buffers are required by the queue (a minimal reserved size can still be applied for scheduling purposes).
Values 0 — 1048576 or default
high-prio-only
Syntax
high-prio-only percent
no high-prio-only
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s high-prio-only parameters. The high-prio-only command configures the percentage of buffer space for the queue, used exclusively by high priority packets.
The priority of a packet can only be set in the SAP ingress QoS policy and is only applicable on the ingress queues for a SAP. The high-prio-only parameter is used to override the default value derived from the network-queue command.
The defined high-prio-only value cannot be greater than the MBS size of the queue. Attempting to change the MBS to a value smaller than the high priority reserve will generate an error and fail execution. Attempting to set the high-prio-only value larger than the current MBS size will also result in an error and fail execution.
The no form of this command restores the default high priority reserved size.
Parameters
percent
The percent parameter is the percentage reserved for high priority traffic on the queue. If a value of 10KBytes is desired, enter the value 10. A value of 0 specifies that none of the MBS of the queue will be reserved for high priority traffic. This does not affect RED slope operation for packets attempting to be queued.
Values
mbs
Syntax
mbs {size-in-kbytes | default}
no mbs
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s MBS parameters. The MBS is a mechanism to override the default maximum size for the queue.
The sum of the MBS for all queues on an egress access port can oversubscribe the total amount of buffering available. When congestion occurs and buffers become scarce, access to buffers is controlled by the RED slope a packet is associated with. A queue that has not exceeded its MBS size is not guaranteed that a buffer will be available when needed or that the packets RED slope will not force the discard of the packet. Setting proper CBS parameters and controlling CBS oversubscription is one major safeguard to queue starvation (when a queue does not receive its fair share of buffers). Another is properly setting the RED slope parameters for the needs of services on this port or channel.
If the CBS value is larger than the MBS value, an error will occur, preventing the MBS change.
The no form of this command returns the MBS size assigned to the queue.
Default
default
Parameters
size-in-kbytes
The size parameter is an integer expression of the maximum number of kilobytes of buffering allowed for the queue.For a value of 100 kbps, enter the value 100. A value of 0 causes the queue to discard all packets.
Values
rate
Syntax
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s Peak Information Rate (PIR) and the Committed Information Rate (CIR) parameters.
The PIR defines the maximum rate that the queue can transmit packets out an egress interface (for SAP egress queues). Defining a PIR does not necessarily guarantee that the queue can transmit at the intended rate. The actual rate sustained by the queue can be limited by oversubscription factors or available egress bandwidth.
The CIR defines the rate at which the system prioritizes the queue over other queues competing for the same bandwidth. In-profile packets are preferentially queued by the system at egress and at subsequent next hop nodes where the packet can traverse. To be properly handled as in- or out-of-profile throughout the network, the packets must be marked accordingly for profiling at each hop.
The CIR can be used by the queue’s parent commands cir-level and cir-weight parameters to define the amount of bandwidth considered to be committed for the child queue during bandwidth allocation by the parent scheduler.
The rate command can be executed at any time, altering the PIR and CIR rates for all queues created through the association of the SAP egress QoS policy with the queue-id.
The no form of the command returns all queues created with the queue-id by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters (max, 0).
Default
rate max cir 0
The max default specifies the amount of bandwidth in kilobits per second (thousand bits per second). The max value is mutually exclusive to the pir-rate value.
Parameters
pir-rate
Defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for the queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the default PIR of max is assumed.
Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.
The actual PIR rate is dependent on the queue’s adaptation-rule parameters and the actual hardware where the queue is provisioned.
Values
Default
cir cir-rate
The cir parameter overrides the default administrative CIR used by the queue. When the rate command is executed, a CIR setting is optional. When the rate command has not been executed or the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is assumed.
Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer. The sum keyword specifies that the CIR be used as the summed CIR values of the children schedulers or queues.
Values
Default
scheduler-policy
Syntax
scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name
no scheduler-policy
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>egress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
Description
This command applies an existing scheduler policy to an ingress or egress scheduler used by SAP queues associated with this multi-service customer site. The schedulers defined in the scheduler policy can only be created once the customer site has been appropriately assigned to a chassis port, channel or slot. Scheduler policies are defined in the config>qos>scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name context.
The no form of this command removes the configured ingress or egress scheduler policy from the multi-service customer site. When the policy is removed, the schedulers created due to the policy are removed also making them unavailable for the ingress SAP queues associated with the customer site. Queues that lose their parent scheduler association are deemed to be orphaned and are no longer subject to a virtual scheduler. The SAPs that have ingress queues reliant on the removed schedulers enter into an operational state depicting the orphaned status of one or more queues. When the no scheduler-policy command is executed, the customer site ingress or egress node will not contain an applied scheduler policy.
scheduler-policy-name
The scheduler-policy-name parameter applies an existing scheduler policy that was created in the config>qos>scheduler-policy scheduler-policy-name context to create the hierarchy of ingress or egress virtual schedulers. The scheduler names defined within the policy are created and made available to any ingress or egress queues created on associated SAPs.
Values
block-on-mesh-failure
Syntax
[no] block-on-mesh-failure
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
This command enables blocking (bring the spoke SDP to an opererationally down state) after all configured mesh SDPs are in opererationally down state. This event is signalled to corresponding T-LDP peer by withdrawing service label (status-bit-signaling non-capable peer) or by setting "PW not forwarding" status bit in T-LDP message (status-bit-signaling capable peer).
Default
disabled
max-nbr-mac-addr
Syntax
max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
no max-nbr-mac-addr
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of FDB entries for both learned and static MAC addresses for this SAP or spoke SDP.
When the configured limit has been reached, and discard-unknown-source has been enabled for this SAP or spoke SDP (see the discard-unknown-source command), packets with unknown source MAC addresses will be discarded.
The no form of the command restores the global MAC learning limitations for the SAP or spoke SDP.
Default
no max-nbr-mac-addr
Parameters
table-size
The maximum number of MAC entries in the FDB from this SAP.
Values
multi-service-site
Syntax
multi-service-site customer-site-name
no multi-service-site
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sap
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>grp-if>sap
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command associates the SAP with a customer-site-name. If the specified customer-site-name does not exist in the context of the service customer ID an error occurs and the command will not execute. If customer-site-name exists, the current and future defined queues on the SAP (ingress and egress) will attempt to use the scheduler hierarchies created within customer-site-name as parent schedulers.
This command is mutually exclusive with the SAP ingress and egress scheduler-policy commands. If a scheduler-policy has been applied to either the ingress or egress nodes on the SAP, the multi-service-site command will fail without executing. The locally applied scheduler policies must be removed prior to executing the multi-service-site command.
The no form of the command removes the SAP from any multi-service customer site the SAP belongs to. Removing the site can cause existing or future queues to enter an orphaned state.
Default
None
customer-site-name
The customer-site-name must exist in the context of the customer-id defined as the service owner. If customer-site-name exists and local scheduler policies have not been applied to the SAP, the current and future queues defined on the SAP will look for their parent schedulers within the scheduler hierarchies defined on customer-site-name.
Values
retail-service-id
Syntax
retail-svc-id service-id
no retail-svc-id
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command specifies the service id of the retailer IES/VPRN service to which the static IPv6 host belongs. A corresponding retailer subscriber interface must exist in the specified service.
Default
no retai-svc-id
Parameters
service-id
Specifies the retailer service id.
Values
static-host
Syntax
static-host ip ip-prefix[/prefix-length] [mac ieee-address] [create]
no static-host ip ip-prefix[/prefix-length] mac ieee-address
no static-host all [force]
no static-host ip ip-prefix[/prefix-length]
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command configures a static host on this SAP.
Syntax
ip ip-prefix[/prefix-length
Specifies the IPv4 address, IPv6 address or the IPv6 prefix.
Values
mac ieee-address
Specify this optional parameter when defining a static host. Every static host definition must have at least one address defined, IP or MAC.
force
Specifies the forced removal of the static host addresses.
sla-profile sla-profile-name
This optional parameter is used to specify an existing SLA profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The SLA profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile context.
ancp-string
Syntax
ancp-string ancp-string
no ancp-string
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command specifies the ANCP string associated to this SAP host.
Parameters
ancp-string
Specifies the ANCP string up to 63 characters in length.
app-profile
Syntax
app-profile app-profile-name
no app-profile
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command specifies an application profile name.
Parameters
app-profile-name
Specifies the application profile name up to 32 characters in length.
inter-dest-id
Syntax
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
no inter-dest-id
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command specifies to which intermediate destination (for example a DSLAM) this host belongs.
Parameters
intermediate-destination-id
Specifies the intermediate destination ID.
managed-routes
Syntax
managed-routes
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host>managed-routes
Description
This command configures managed routes.
route
Syntax
route {ip-prefix/length | ip-prefix netmask} [create]
no route {ip-prefix/length | ip-prefix netmask} [metric metric-value]
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host>managed-routes
Description
This command assigns managed-route to a given subscriber-host. As a consequence, a static-route pointing subscriber-host ip address as a next hop will be installed in FIB. Up to 16 managed routes per subscriber-host can be configured.
The no form of the command removes the respective route. Per default, there are no managed-routes configured.
Parameters
ipv6-prefix/length | ipv6-prefix netmask
This parameter associates an IPv6 managed route to the IPv6 static host. The IPv6 managed routes can overlap with the static host IPv6 address.
ipv4-prefix/length | ipv6-prefix netmask
This parameter associates an IPv4 managed route to the IPv4 static host.
Note: A maximum of 16 managed routes can be associated to a static host. IPv4 hosts can only have IPv4 managed routes and IPv6 hosts can only have IPv6 managed routes.
metric metric-value
A metric can be associated with the provisioned managed route.
sla-profile
Syntax
sla-profile sla-profile-name
no sla-profile
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command specifies an existing SLA profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The SLA profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile context.
Parameters
sla-profile-name
Specifies the SLA profile name.
sub-profile
Syntax
sub-profile sub-profile-name
no sub-profile
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command specifies an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host.
Parameters
sub-profile-name
Specifies the sub-profile name.
subscriber
Syntax
subscriber sub-ident
no subscriber
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command specifies an existing subscriber identification profile to be associated with the static subscriber host.
Parameters
sub-ident
Specifies the subscriber identification.
subscriber-sap-id
Syntax
[no] subscriber-sap-id
Context
config>service>ies>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vpls>sap>static-host
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>if>sap>static-host
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host
Description
This command enables using the SAP ID as subscriber id.
Parameters
subscriber-sap-id
Specifies to use the sap-id as the subscriber-id.
static-host-mgmt
Syntax
static-host-mgmt
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command enables the context to configure common parameters for static hosts.
mac-learning-options
Syntax
[no] mac-learning-options
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
Description
This command configures additional methods by which the BNG will learn the subscriber host MAC.
data-triggered
Syntax
[no] data-triggered
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
Description
This command enables learning of MAC addresses from data packets.
The no form of the command disables learning of MAC addresses from data packets.
Default
no data-triggered
single-mac
Syntax
[no] single-mac
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>static-host-mgmt
Description
This command controls how the SAP will learn the static host MAC address. Enabling this command indicates that this particular SAP will only have one subscriber and will only have one MAC address for all hosts. With this parameter enabled, the subscriber’s NS and RS source MAC address are used to automatically to populate the subscriber MAC address. To allow this auto-populate behavior, the subscriber’s NS and RS source IP must be of type link local address.
Default
no single-mac
static-mac
Syntax
[no] static-mac ieee-mac-address
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
This command creates a remote static MAC entry in the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) forwarding database (FDB) associated with the Service Distribution Point (SDP).
In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.
Remote static MAC entries create a permanent MAC address to SDP association in the forwarding database for the VPLS instance so that MAC address will not be learned on the edge device.
Note that static MAC defnitions on one edge device are not propagated to other edge devices participating in the VPLS instance, that is, each edge device has an independent forwarding database for the VPLS.
Only one static MAC entry (local or remote) can be defined per MAC address per VPLS instance.
By default, no static MAC address entries are defined for the SDP.
The no form of this command deletes the static MAC entry with the specified MAC address associated with the SDP from the VPLS forwarding database.
ieee-mac-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
 
VPLS and IES SDP and SAP Commands
mesh-sdp
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}]
no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description
This command binds a VPLS service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).
Mesh SDPs bound to a service are logically treated like a single bridge “port” for flooded traffic where flooded traffic received on any mesh SDP on the service is replicated to other “ports” (spoke SDPs and SAPs) and not transmitted on any mesh SDPs.
Note that this command creates a binding between a service and an SDP. The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service will be down.
The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to associate the SDP with an Epipe or VPLS service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end router devices can participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.
Default
No sdp-id is bound to a service.
Special Cases
VPLS
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS. Each SDP must be destined to a different router. If two sdp-id bindings terminate on the same router, an error occurs and the second SDP binding is rejected.
Parameters
sdp-id
The SDP identifier.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is equal to the service ID.
Values
vc-type
This command overrides the default VC type signaled for the spoke or mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a value which represents the type of VC. The actual signaling of the VC type depends on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider equipment. A change of the binding’s VC type causes the binding to signal the new VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled.
VC types are derived according to IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.
ether
Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The vlan keyword is mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and restores the default VC type for the spoke SDP binding. (hex 5)
vlan
Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ethernet keyword is mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [split-horizon-group group-name]
no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).
A spoke SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge “port” where flooded traffic received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other “ports” (other spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.
The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service will be down.
The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to associate an SDP with a VPLS service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end 7750 SR devices can participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.
Default
No sdp-id is bound to a service.
Special Cases
VPLS
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS service. Each SDP must use unique vc-ids. An error message is generated if two SDP bindings with identical vc-ids terminate on the same router. Split horizon groups can only be created in the scope of a VPLS service.
Parameters
sdp-id
The SDP identifier.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit identifier.
Values
vc-type
This command overrides the default VC type signaled for the spoke or mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a value which represents the type of VC. The actual signaling of the VC type depends on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider equipment. A change of the binding’s VC type causes the binding to signal the new VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled.
VC types are derived according to IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.
Values
ether
Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The ethernet, vlan, and vpls keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and restores the default VC type for the spoke SDP binding. (hex 5)
vlan
Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ethernet, vlan, and vpls keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined then the default is Ethernet for spoke SDP bindings.
The VLAN VC-type requires at least one dot1Q tag within each encapsulated Ethernet packet transmitted to the far end.
split-horizon-group group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SDP belongs.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context
config>service>ies>interface
Description
This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP).
A spoke SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge “port” where flooded traffic received on the spoke SDP is replicated on all other “ports” (other spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received.
The SDP has an operational state which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service will be down.
The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context in order to associate an SDP with an IES service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end devices can participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. Once removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router. The spoke SDP must be shut down first before it can be deleted from the configuration.
Default
No sdp-id is bound to a service.
Special Cases
IES
At most, only one sdp-id can be bound to an IES service.
Parameters
sdp-id
The SDP identifier. Allowed values are integers in the range of 1 and 17407 for existing SDPs.
vc-id
The virtual circuit identifier.
Values
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp
Description
This command configures the egress SDP context.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp
Description
This command configures the ingress SDP context.
vc-label
Syntax
[no] vc-label egress-vc-label
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>egress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>egress
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp>egress
Description
This command configures the egress VC label.
Parameters
vc-label
A VC egress value that indicates a specific connection.
Values
vc-label
Syntax
[no] vc-label ingress-vc-label
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>ingress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>ingress
config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp>ingress
Description
This command configures the ingress VC label.
Parameters
vc-label
A VC ingress value that indicates a specific connection.
Values
vlan-vc-tag
Syntax
vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
no vlan-vc-tag [0..4094]
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Description
This command specifies an explicit dot1q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end. When signaling is enabled between the near and far end, the configured dot1q tag can be overridden by a received TLV specifying the dot1q value expected by the far end. This signaled value must be stored as the remote signaled dot1q value for the binding. The provisioned local dot1q tag must be stored as the administrative dot1q value for the binding.
When the dot1q tag is not defined, the default value of zero is stored as the administrative dot1q value. Setting the value to zero is equivalent to not specifying the value.
The no form of this command disables the command
Default
no vlan-vc-tag
Parameters
0..4094
Specifies a valid VLAN identifier to bind an 802.1Q VLAN tag ID.
avg-frame-overhead
Syntax
avg-frame-overhead percent
no avg-frame-overhead
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command configures the average frame overhead to define the average percentage that the offered load to a queue will expand during the frame encapsulation process before sending traffic on-the-wire. While the avg-frame-overhead value may be defined on any queue, it is only used by the system for queues that egress a Sonet or SDH port or channel. Queues operating on egress Ethernet ports automatically calculate the frame encapsulation overhead based on a 20 byte per packet rule (8 bytes for preamble and 12 bytes for Inter-Frame Gap).
When calculating the frame encapsulation overhead for port scheduling purposes, the system determines the following values:
For egress Ethernet queues, the frame encapsulation overhead is calculated by multiplying the number of offered-packets for the queue by 20 bytes. If a queue was offered 50 packets then the frame encapsulation overhead would be 50 x 20 or 1000 octets.
As a special case, when a queue or associated intermediate scheduler is configured with a CIR-weight equal to 0, the system automatically sets the queues frame based within-cir offered-load to 0, preventing it from receiving bandwidth during the port schedulers within-cir pass.
Port scheduler operation using frame transformed rates — The port scheduler uses the frame based rates to figure the maximum rates that each queue may receive during the within-cir and above-cir bandwidth allocation passes. During the within-cir pass, a queue may receive up to its frame based within-cir offered-load. The maximum it may receive during the above-cir pass is the difference between the frame based within-pir offered load and the amount of actual bandwidth allocated during the within-cir pass.
SAP and subscriber SLA-profile average frame overhead override — The average frame overhead parameter on a sap-egress may be overridden at an individual egress queue basis. On each SAP and within the sla-profile policy used by subscribers an avg-frame-overhead command may be defined under the queue-override context for each queue. When overridden, the queue instance will use its local value for the average frame overhead instead of the sap-egress defined overhead.
The no form of this command restores the average frame overhead parameter for the queue to the default value of 0 percent. When set to 0, the system uses the packet based queue statistics for calculating port scheduler priority bandwidth allocation. If the no avg-frame-overhead command is executed in a queue-override queue id context, the avg-frame-overhead setting for the queue within the sap-egress QoS policy takes effect.
Default
0
Parameters
percent
This parameter sets the average amount of packet-to-frame encapsulation overhead expected for the queue. This value is not used by the system for egress Ethernet queues.
Values
queue-override
Syntax
[no] queue-override
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
Description
This command enables the context to configure override values for the specified SAP egress or ingress QoS queue. These values override the corresponding ones specified in the associated SAP egress or ingress QoS policy.
queue
Syntax
[no] queue queue-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override
Description
This command specifies the ID of the queue whose parameters are to be overridden.
Parameters
queue-id
The queue ID whose parameters are to be overridden.
Values
adaptation-rule
Syntax
adaptation-rule [pir {max | min | closest}] [cir {max | min | closest}]
no adaptation-rule
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s adaptation rule parameters. The adaptation rule controls the method used by the system to derive the operational CIR and PIR settings when the queue is provisioned in hardware. For the CIR and PIR parameters individually, the system attempts to find the best operational rate depending on the defined constraint.
The no form of the command removes any explicitly defined constraints used to derive the operational CIR and PIR created by the application of the policy. When a specific adaptation-rule is removed, the default constraints for rate and cir apply.
Default
no adaptation-rule
Parameters
pir
The pir parameter defines the constraints enforced when adapting the PIR rate defined within the queue queue-id rate command. The pir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational PIR for the queue. When the rate command is not specified, the default applies.
max
The max (maximum) option is mutually exclusive with the min and closest options. When max is defined, the operational PIR for the queue will be equal to or less than the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
min
The min (minimum) option is mutually exclusive with the max and closest options. When min is defined, the operational PIR for the queue will be equal to or greater than the administrative rate specified using the rate command.
closest
The closest parameter is mutually exclusive with the min and max parameter. When closest is defined, the operational PIR for the queue will be the rate closest to the rate specified using the rate command.
cir
The cir parameter defines the constraints enforced when adapting the CIR rate defined within the queue queue-id rate command. The cir parameter requires a qualifier that defines the constraint used when deriving the operational CIR for the queue. When the cir parameter is not specified, the default constraint applies.
cbs
Syntax
cbs size-in-kbytes
no cbs
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s CBS parameters.
It is permissible, and possibly desirable, to oversubscribe the total CBS reserved buffers for a given access port egress buffer pool. Oversubscription may be desirable due to the potential large number of service queues and the economy of statistical multiplexing the individual queue’s CBS settings into the defined reserved total.
When oversubscribing the reserved total, it is possible for a queue depth to be lower than its CBS setting and still not receive a buffer from the buffer pool for an ingress frame. As more queues are using their CBS buffers and the total in use exceeds the defined reserved total, essentially the buffers are being removed from the shared portion of the pool without the shared in use average and total counts being decremented. This can affect the operation of the high and low priority RED slopes on the pool, causing them to miscalculate when to start randomly drop packets.
If the CBS value is larger than the MBS value, an error will occur, preventing the CBS change.
The no form of this command returns the CBS size to the default value.
Default
no cbs
Parameters
size-in-kbytes
The size parameter is an integer expression of the number of kilobytes reserved for the queue. If a value of 10KBytes is desired, enter the value 10. A value of 0 specifies that no reserved buffers are required by the queue (a minimal reserved size can still be applied for scheduling purposes).
Values 0 — 1048576 or default
high-prio-only
Syntax
high-prio-only percent
no high-prio-only
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s high-prio-only parameters. The high-prio-only command configures the percentage of buffer space for the queue, used exclusively by high priority packets.
The priority of a packet can only be set in the SAP ingress QoS policy and is only applicable on the ingress queues for a SAP. The high-prio-only parameter is used to override the default value derived from the network-queue command.
The defined high-prio-only value cannot be greater than the MBS size of the queue. Attempting to change the MBS to a value smaller than the high priority reserve will generate an error and fail execution. Attempting to set the high-prio-only value larger than the current MBS size will also result in an error and fail execution.
The no form of this command restores the default high priority reserved size.
Parameters
percent
The percent parameter is the percentage reserved for high priority traffic on the queue. If a value of 10KBytes is desired, enter the value 10. A value of 0 specifies that none of the MBS of the queue will be reserved for high priority traffic. This does not affect RED slope operation for packets attempting to be queued.
Values
mbs
Syntax
mbs {size-in-kbytes | default}
no mbs
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s MBS parameters. The MBS is a mechanism to override the default maximum size for the queue.
The sum of the MBS for all queues on an egress access port can oversubscribe the total amount of buffering available. When congestion occurs and buffers become scarce, access to buffers is controlled by the RED slope a packet is associated with. A queue that has not exceeded its MBS size is not guaranteed that a buffer will be available when needed or that the packets RED slope will not force the discard of the packet. Setting proper CBS parameters and controlling CBS oversubscription is one major safeguard to queue starvation (when a queue does not receive its fair share of buffers). Another is properly setting the RED slope parameters for the needs of services on this port or channel.
If the CBS value is larger than the MBS value, an error will occur, preventing the MBS change.
The no form of this command returns the MBS size assigned to the queue.
Default
default
Parameters
size-in-kbytes
The size parameter is an integer expression of the maximum number of kilobytes of buffering allowed for the queue.For a value of 100 kbps, enter the value 100. A value of 0 causes the queue to discard all packets.
Values
mbs
Syntax
mbs {size-in-kbytes | default}
no mbs
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s MBS parameters. The MBS value is used by a queue to determine whether it has exhausted all of its buffers while enqueuing packets. Once the queue has exceeded the amount of buffers allowed by MBS, all packets are discarded until packets have been drained from the queue.
The sum of the MBS for all queues on an ingress access port can oversubscribe the total amount of buffering available. When congestion occurs and buffers become scarce, access to buffers is controlled by the RED slope a packet is associated with. A queue that has not exceeded its MBS size is not guaranteed that a buffer will be available when needed or that the packets RED slope will not force the discard of the packet. Setting proper CBS parameters and controlling CBS oversubscription is one major safeguard to queue starvation (when a queue does not receive its fair share of buffers). Another is properly setting the RED slope parameters for the needs of services on this port or channel.
If the CBS value is larger than the MBS value, an error will occur, preventing the MBS change.
The defined high-prio-only value cannot be greater than the MBS size of the queue. Attempting to change the MBS to a value smaller than the high priority reserve will generate an error and fail execution. Attempting to set the high-prio-only value larger than the current MBS size will also result in an error and fail execution.
The no form of this command returns the MBS size assigned to the queue to the value.
Default
default
Parameters
size-in-kbytes
The size parameter is an integer expression of the maximum number of kilobytes of buffering allowed for the queue. For a value of 100 kbps, enter the value 100. A value of 0 causes the queue to discard all packets.
Values
rate
Syntax
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified queue’s Peak Information Rate (PIR) and the Committed Information Rate (CIR) parameters.
The PIR defines the maximum rate that the queue can transmit packets out an egress interface (for SAP egress queues). Defining a PIR does not necessarily guarantee that the queue can transmit at the intended rate. The actual rate sustained by the queue can be limited by oversubscription factors or available egress bandwidth.
The CIR defines the rate at which the system prioritizes the queue over other queues competing for the same bandwidth. In-profile packets are preferentially queued by the system at egress and at subsequent next hop nodes where the packet can traverse. To be properly handled as in- or out-of-profile throughout the network, the packets must be marked accordingly for profiling at each hop.
The CIR can be used by the queue’s parent commands cir-level and cir-weight parameters to define the amount of bandwidth considered to be committed for the child queue during bandwidth allocation by the parent scheduler.
The rate command can be executed at anytime, altering the PIR and CIR rates for all queues created through the association of the SAP egress QoS policy with the queue-id.
The no form of the command returns all queues created with the queue-id by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters (max, 0).
Default
rate max cir 0
The max default specifies the amount of bandwidth in kilobits per second (thousand bits per second). The max value is mutually exclusive to the pir-rate value.
Parameters
pir-rate
Defines the administrative PIR rate, in kilobits, for the queue. When the rate command is executed, a valid PIR setting must be explicitly defined. When the rate command has not been executed, the default PIR of max is assumed.
Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.
The actual PIR rate is dependent on the queue’s adaptation-rule parameters and the actual hardware where the queue is provisioned.
Values
Default
cir-rate
The cir parameter overrides the default administrative CIR used by the queue. When the rate command is executed, a CIR setting is optional. When the rate command has not been executed or the cir parameter is not explicitly specified, the default CIR (0) is assumed.
Fractional values are not allowed and must be given as a positive integer.
Values
Default
scheduler-override
Syntax
[no] scheduler-override
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
Description
This command specifies the set of attributes whose values have been overridden via management on this virtual scheduler. Clearing a given flag will return the corresponding overridden attribute to the value defined on the SAP's ingress scheduler policy.
scheduler
Syntax
scheduler scheduler-name
no scheduler scheduler-name
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>sched-override
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified scheduler name.
A scheduler defines a bandwidth control that limits each child (other schedulers and queues) associated with the scheduler. Scheduler objects are created within the hierarchical tiers of the policy. It is assumed that each scheduler created will have queues or other schedulers defined as child associations. The scheduler can be a child (take bandwidth from a scheduler in a higher tier, except for schedulers created in tier 1). A total of 32 schedulers can be created within a single scheduler policy with no restriction on the distribution between the tiers.
Each scheduler must have a unique name within the context of the scheduler policy; however the same name can be reused in multiple scheduler policies. If scheduler-name already exists within the policy tier level (regardless of the inclusion of the keyword create), the context changes to that scheduler name for the purpose of editing the scheduler parameters. Modifications made to an existing scheduler are executed on all instantiated schedulers created through association with the policy of the edited scheduler. This can cause queues or schedulers to become orphaned (invalid parent association) and adversely affect the ability of the system to enforce service level agreements (SLAs).
If the scheduler-name exists within the policy on a different tier (regardless of the inclusion of the keyword create), an error occurs and the current CLI context will not change.
If the scheduler-name does not exist in this or another tier within the scheduler policy, it is assumed that an attempt is being made to create a scheduler of that name. The success of the command execution is dependent on the following:
1.
2. The provided scheduler-name is valid.
3. The create keyword is entered with the command if the system is configured to require it (enabled in the environment create command).
When the maximum number of schedulers has been exceeded on the policy, a configuration error occurs and the command will not execute, nor will the CLI context change.
If the provided scheduler-name is invalid according to the criteria below, a name syntax error will occur, the command will not execute, and the CLI context will not change.
Parameters
scheduler-name
The name of the scheduler.
Values
Default
None. Each scheduler must be explicitly created.
create
This optional keyword explicitly specifies that it is acceptable to create a scheduler with the given scheduler-name. If the create keyword is omitted, scheduler-name is not created when the system environment variable create is set to true. This safeguard is meant to avoid accidental creation of system objects (such as schedulers) while attempting to edit an object with a mistyped name or ID. The keyword has no effect when the object already exists.
rate
Syntax
rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
no rate
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress>sched-override>scheduler
Description
This command can be used to override specific attributes of the specified scheduler rate. The rate command defines the maximum bandwidth that the scheduler can offer its child queues or schedulers. The maximum rate is limited to the amount of bandwidth the scheduler can receive from its parent scheduler. If the scheduler has no parent, the maximum rate is assumed to be the amount available to the scheduler. When a parent is associated with the scheduler, the CIR parameter provides the amount of bandwidth to be considered during the parent scheduler’s ‘within CIR’ distribution phase.
The actual operating rate of the scheduler is limited by bandwidth constraints other then its maximum rate. The scheduler’s parent scheduler may not have the available bandwidth to meet the scheduler’s needs or the bandwidth available to the parent scheduler could be allocated to other child schedulers or child queues on the parent based on higher priority. The children of the scheduler may not need the maximum rate available to the scheduler due to insufficient offered load or limits to their own maximum rates.
When a scheduler is defined without specifying a rate, the default rate is max. If the scheduler is a root scheduler (no parent defined), the default maximum rate must be changed to an explicit value. Without this explicit value, the scheduler will assume that an infinite amount of bandwidth is available and allow all child queues and schedulers to operate at their maximum rates.
The no form of this command returns all queues created with this queue-id by association with the QoS policy to the default PIR and CIR parameters.
Parameters
pir-rate
The pir parameter accepts a step multiplier value that specifies the multiplier used to determine the PIR rate at which the queue will operate. A value of 0 to 100000000 or the keyword max is accepted. Any other value will result in an error without modifying the current PIR rate.
To calculate the actual PIR rate, the rate described by the queue’s rate is multiplied by the pir-rate.
The SAP ingress context for PIR is independent of the defined forwarding class (fc) for the queue. The default pir and definable range is identical for each class. The PIR in effect for a queue defines the maximum rate at which the queue will be allowed to forward packets in a given second, thus shaping the queue’s output.
The PIR parameter for SAP ingress queues do not have a negate (no) function. To return the queue’s PIR rate to the default value, that value must be specified as the PIR value.
Values
Default
cir cir-rate
The cir parameter accepts a step-multiplier value that specifies the multiplier used to determine the CIR rate at which the queue will operate. A value of 0 to 250 or the keyword max is accepted. Any other value will result in an error without modifying the current CIR rate.
To calculate the actual CIR rate, the rate described by the rate pir pir-rate is multiplied by the cir cir-rate. If the cir is set to max, then the CIR rate is set to infinity.
The SAP ingress context for CIR is dependent on the defined forwarding class (fc) for the queue. The default CIR and definable range is different for each class. The CIR in effect for a queue defines both its profile (in or out) marking level as well as the relative importance compared to other queues for scheduling purposes during congestion periods.
Values
Default
match-qinq-dot1p
Syntax
match-qinq-dot1p {top | bottom}
no match-qinq-dot1p
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>ingress
Description
This command specifies which Dot1Q tag position Dot1P bits in a QinQ encapsulated packet should be used to evaluate Dot1P QoS classification.
The match-qinq-dot1p command allows the top or bottom PBits to be used when evaluating the applied sap-ingress QoS policy’s Dot1P entries. The top and bottom keywords specify which position should be evaluated for QinQ encapsulated packets.
The no form of the command restores the default dot1p evaluation behavior for the SAP.
By default, the bottom-most service delineating Dot1Q tag’s Dot1P bits are used. Table 7 defines the default behavior for Dot1P evaluation when the match-qinq-dot1p command is not executed.
 
Default
no match-qinq-dot1p (no filtering based on p-bits)
(top or bottom must be specified to override the default QinQ dot1p behavior)
Parameters
top
The top parameter is mutually exclusive to the bottom parameter. When the top parameter is specified, the top most PBits are used (if existing) to match any dot1p dot1p-value entries. Table 8 defines the dot1p evaluation behavior when the top parameter is specified.
 
bottom
The bottom parameter is mutually exclusive to the top parameter. When the bottom parameter is specified, the bottom most PBits are used (if existing) to match any dot1p dot1p-value entries. Table 9 defines the dot1p evaluation behavior when the bottom parameter is specified.
discard-unknown-source
Syntax
[no] discard-unknown-source
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
When this command is enabled, packets received on a SAP or on a spoke SDP with an unknown source MAC address will be dropped only if the maximum number of MAC addresses for that SAP or spoke SDP (see max-nbr-mac-addr ) has been reached. If max-nbr-mac-addr has not been set for the SAP or spoke SDP, enabling discard-unknown-source has no effect.
When disabled, the packets are forwarded based on the destination MAC addresses.
The no form of this command causes packets with an unknown source MAC addresses to be forwarded by destination MAC addresses in VPLS.
Default
no discard-unknown
ima
Specifies Inverse Multiplexing over ATM. An IMA Group is a collection of physical links bundled together and assigned to an ATM Port.
qtag1, qtag2
Specifies the encapsulation value used to identify the SAP on the port or sub-port. If this parameter is not specificially defined, the default value is 0.
Values
The values depends on the encapsulation type configured for the interface. The following table describes the allowed values for the port and encapsulation types..
The SAP is identified by the 802.1Q tag on the port. Note that a 0 qtag1 value also accepts untagged packets on the dot1q port.
create
Keyword used to create a SAP instance.
split-horizon-group group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SAP belongs.
bpdu-translation
Syntax
bpdu-translation {auto | pvst | stp}
no bpdu-translation
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
This command enables the translation of BPDUs to a given format, meaning that all BPDUs transmitted on a given SAP or spoke SDP will have a specified format.
The no form of this command reverts to the default setting.
Default
no bpdu-translation
Parameters
auto
Specifies that appropriate format will be detected automatically, based on type of bpdus received on such port.
pvst
Specifies the BPDU-format as PVST. Note that the correct VLAN tag is included in the payload (depending on encapsulation value of outgoing SAP).
stp
Specifies the BPDU-format as STP.
l2pt-termination
Syntax
[no] l2pt-termination
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Description
This commands enables L2PT termination on a given SAP or spoke SDP. L2PT termination will be supported only for STP BPDUs. PDUs of other protocols will be discarded.
This feature can be enabled only if STP is disabled in the context of the given VPLS service.
Default
no l2pt-termination
def-mesh-vc-id
Syntax
[no] def-mesh-vc-id vc-id
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command configures the value used by each end of a tunnel to identify the VC. If this command is not configured, then the service ID value is used as the VC-ID.
This VC-ID is used instead of a label to identify a virtual circuit.The VC-ID is significant between peer SRs on the same hierarchical level. The value of a VC-ID is conceptually independent from the value of the label or any other datalink specific information of the VC.
The no form of this command disables the VC-ID.
Default
none
Values
mac-move
Syntax
[no] mac-move
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command enables the context to configure MAC move attributes. A sustained high re-learn rate can be a sign of a loop somewhere in the VPLS topology. Typically, STP detects loops in the topology, but for those networks that do not run STP, the mac-move feature is an alternative way to protect your network against loops.
When enabled in a VPLS, mac-move monitors the re-learn rate of each MAC. If the rate exceeds the configured maximum allowed limit, it disables the SAP where the source MAC was last seen. The SAP can be disabled permanently (until a shutdown/no shutdown command is executed) or for a length of time that grows linearly with the number of times the given SAP was disabled. You have the option of marking a SAP as non-blockable in the config>service>vpls>sap>limit-mac-move or config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>limit-mac-move contexts, see . This means that when the re-learn rate has exceeded the limit, another (blockable) SAP will be disabled instead.
The mac-move command enables the feature at the service level for SAPs and spoke SDPs, as only those objects can be blocked by this feature. Mesh SDPs are never blocked, but their re-learn rates (sap-to-mesh/spoke-to-mesh or vice versa) are still measured.
The operation of this feature is the same on the SAP and spoke SDP. For example, if a MAC address moves from SAP to SAP, from SAP to spoke SDP, or between spoke SDPs, one will be blocked to prevent thrashing. If the MAC address moves between a SAP and mesh SDP or spoke SDP and mesh SDP combinations, the respective SAP or spoke SDP will be blocked.
The re-learn rate is computed as the number of times a MAC moves in a 5 second interval. Therefore, the fastest a loop can be detected and broken is 5 seconds.
The no form of this command disables MAC move.
Default
not enabled
mac-protect
Syntax
mac-protect
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command indicates whether or not this MAC is protected. When enabled, the agent will protect the MAC from being learned or re-learned on a SAP that has restricted learning enabled.
Default
disabled
mac
Syntax
[no] mac ieee-address
Context
config>service>vpls>mac-protect
Description
This command specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address.
Parameters
ieee-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
mac-subnet-length
Syntax
mac-subnet-length subnet-length
no mac-subnet-length
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command specifies the number of bits to be considered when performing MAC learning (MAC source) and MAC switching (MAC destination). Specifically, this value identifies how many bits, starting from the beginning of the MAC address are used. For example, if the mask-value of 28 is used, MAC learning will only do a lookup for the first 28 bits of the source MAC address when comparing with existing FIB entries. Then, it will install the first 28 bits in the FIB while zeroing out the last 20 bits of the MAC address. When performing switching in the reverse direction, only the first 28 bits of the destination MAC address will be used to perform a FIB lookup to determine the next hop.
The no form of this command switches back to full MAC lookup.
Parameters
subnet-length
Specifies the number of bits to be considered when performing MAC learning or MAC switching.
Values
mcr-default-gtw
Syntax
mcr-default-gtw
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command enables the context to configure the default gateway information when using Dual Homing in L2-TPSDA. The IP and MAC address of the default gateway used for subscribers on an L2 MC-Ring are configured in this context. After a ring heals or fails, the system will send out a gratuitous ARP on an active ring SAP in order to attract traffic from subscribers on the ring with connectivity to that SAP.
ip
Syntax
ip address
no ip
Context
config>service>vpls>mcr-default-gtw
Description
This command relates to a system configured for Dual Homing in L2-TPSDA. It defines the IP address used when the system sends out a gratuitous ARP on an active SAP after a ring heals or fails in order to attract traffic from subscribers on the ring with connectivity to that SAP.
Default
no ip
Parameters
address
Specifies the IP address in a.b.c.d. format.
mac
Syntax
mac ieee-address
no mac
Context
config>service>vpls>mcr-default-gtw
Description
This command relates to a system configured for Dual Homing in L2-TPSDA. It defines the MAC address used when the system sends out a gratuitous ARP on an active SAP after a ring heals or fails in order to attract traffic from subscribers on the ring with connectivity to that SAP.
Default
no mac
Parameters
ieee-address
Specifies the address in xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx format (cannot be all zeros).
move-frequency
Syntax
move-frequency frequency
no move-frequency
Context
config>service>vpls>mac-move
Description
This objects indicates the maximum rate at which MAC's can be re-learned in the VPLS service, before the SAP where the moving MAC was last seen is automatically disabled in order to protect the system against undetected loops or duplicate MAC's.
The rate is computed as the maximum number of re-learns allowed in a 5 second interval. For example, the default rate of 10 relearns per second corresponds to 50 relearns in a 5 second period.
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.
Default
2 (when mac-move is enabled)
Parameters
frequency
Specifies the rate, in 5-second intervals for the maximum number of relearns.
Values
retry-timeout
Syntax
retry-timeout timeout
no retry-timeout
Context
config>service>vpls>mac-move
Description
This objects indicates the time in seconds to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is reenabled.
A zero value indicates that the SAP will not be automatically re-enabled after being disabled. If, after the SAP is reenabled it is disabled again, the retry timeout is increased with the provisioned retry timeout in order to avoid thrashing. For example, when retry-timeout is set to 15, it increments (15,30,45,60...).
The no form of the command reverts to the default value.
Default
10 (when mac-move is enabled)
Parameters
timeout
Specifies the time, in seconds, to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is reenabled.
Values
mfib-table-high-wmark
Syntax
[no] mfib-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command specifies the multicast FIB high watermark. When the percentage filling level of the multicast FIB exceeds the configured value, a trap is generated and/or a log entry is added.
Parameters
high-water-mark
Specifies the multicast FIB high watermark as a percentage.
Values
Default
mfib-table-low-wmark
Syntax
[no] mfib-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command specifies the multicast FIB low watermark. When the percentage filling level of the Multicast FIB drops below the configured value, the corresponding trap is cleared and/or a log entry is added.
Parameters
low-water-mark
Specifies the multicast FIB low watermark as a percentage.
Values
Default
mfib-table-size
Syntax
mfib-table-size size
no mfib-table-size
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of (s,g) entries in the multicast forwarding database (MFIB) for this VPLS instance.
The mfib-table-size parameter specifies the maximum number of multicast database entries for both learned and static multicast addresses for the VPLS instance.
When a table-size limit is set on the mfib of a service which is lower than the current number of dynamic entries present in the mfib then the number of entries remains above the limit.
The no form of this command removes the configured maxium MFIB table size.
Default
none
Parameters
size
The maximum number of (s,g) entries allowed in the Multicast FIB.
Values
send-flush-on-failure
Syntax
[no] send-flush-on-failure
Context
config>service>vpls
Description
This command enables sending out “flush-all-from-ME” messages to all LDP peers included in affected VPLS, in the event of physical port failures or “oper-down” events of individual SAPs. This feature provides an LDP-based mechanism for recovering a physical link failure in a dual-homed connection to a VPLS service. This method provides an alternative to RSTP solutions where dual homing redundancy and recovery, in the case of link failure, is resolved by RSTP running between a PE router and CE devices.
This feature cannot be enabled on management VPLS.
Default
no send-flush-on-failure
restrict-protected-src
Syntax
[no] restrict-protected-src
Context
config>service>vpls>split-horizon-group
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command indicates how the agent will handle relearn requests for protected MAC addresses. When enabled, requests to relearn a protected MAC address will be ignored, and the SAP where the protected source MAC was seen will be brought operationally down.
Default
no restrict-protected-src
restrict-unprotected-dst
Syntax
[no] restrict-unprotected-dst
Context
config>service>vpls>split-horizon-group
config>service>vpls>sap
Description
This command indicates how the system will forward packets destined to an unprotected MAC address. When enabled, packets destined to an unprotected MAC address will be dropped.
Default
no restrict-unprotected-dst
 
DHCP Commands
dhcp
Syntax
dhcp
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>vprn>interface
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>group-interface
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface
Description
This command enables the context to configure DHCP parameters.
gi-address
Syntax
gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
no gi-address
Context
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>interface>dhcp
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>dhcp
Description
This command configures the gateway interface address for the DHCP relay. A subscriber interface can include multiple group interfaces with multiple SAPs. The GI address is needed, when the router functions as a DHCP relay, to distinguish between the different subscriber interfaces and potentially between the group interfaces defined.
By default, the GI address used in the relayed DHCP packet is the primary IP address of a normal IES interface. Specifying the GI address allows the user to choose a secondary address. For group interfaces a GI address must be specified under the group interface DHCP context or subscriber-interface DHCP context in order for DHCP to function.
Default
no gi-address
Parameters
ip-address
Specifies the host IP address to be used for DHCP relay packets.
src-ip-address
Specifies that this GI address is to be the source IP address for DHCP relay packets.
 
 
 
 
lease-populate
Syntax
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] l2-header [mac ieee-address]
no lease-populate
Context
config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>dhcp
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>ies>interface>dhcp
config>service>vprn>interface>dhcp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>dhcp
Description
This command enables and disables dynamic host DHCPv4 lease state management for SAPs.
For VPLS, DHCP snooping must be explicitly enabled (using the snoop command) at all points where DHCP messages requiring snooping enter the VPLS instance (both from the DHCP server and from the subscribers). Lease state information is extracted from snooped DHCP ACK messages to populate lease state table entries for the SAP.
The optional number-of-entries parameter defines the number lease state table entries allowed.
If number-of-entries is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCP ACK messages are discarded.
The retained lease state information representing dynamic hosts may be used to:
Generate dynamic ARP replies if arp-reply-agent is enabled. Applicable to VPLS service SAPs
Default
no lease-populate
Parameters
nbr-of-leases
Specifies the number of DHCPv4 leases allowed. Note that the operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.
Values
l2-header
Indicates a mode of operation where anti-spoof entry associated with the given DHCP state is created based on the MAC address from the Layer 2 header. The Layer 2 header flag is not set by default. This parameter is only applicable for group-interfaces.
mac
Specifies that the provisioned ieee-address will be used in the anti-spoofing entries for this SAP. The parameter may be changed mid-session. Existing sessions will not be re-programmed unless a tools perform command is issues for the lease. This parameter is only applicable for group-interfaces.
match-circuit-id
Syntax
[no] match-circuit-id
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp
Description
This command enables Option 82 circuit ID on relayed DHCP packet matching.
For Routed CO, the group interface DHCP relay process is stateful. When packets are relayed to the server the virtual router ID, transaction ID, SAP ID, and client hardware MAC address of the relayed packet are tracked. When get a response back from the server the virtual router ID, transaction ID, and client HW MAC address must be matched to determine the SAP on which to send the packet out. In some cases, the virtual router ID, transaction ID, and client HW MAC address are not guaranteed to be unique.
When the match-circuit-id command is enabled this part of the key is used to guarantee correctness in our lookup. This is really only needed when dealing with an IP aware DSLAM that proxies the client HW mac address.
Default
no match-circuit-id
option
Syntax
[no] option
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp
Description
This command enables DHCP Option 82 (Relay Agent Information Option) parameters processing and enters the context for configuring Option 82 sub-options.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.
Default
no option
action
Syntax
action {replace | drop | keep}
no action
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>interface>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>interface>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp
Description
This command configures the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82) processing.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default value.
Default
The default is to keep the existing information intact.
Parameters
replace
In the upstream direction (from the user), the Option 82 field from the router is inserted in the packet (overwriting any existing Option 82 field). In the downstream direction (towards the user) the Option 82 field is stripped (in accordance with RFC 3046).
drop
The DHCP packet is dropped if an Option 82 field is present, and a counter is incremented.
keep
The existing information is kept in the packet and the router does not add any additional information. In the downstream direction the Option 82 field is not stripped and is forwarded towards the client.
circuit-id
Syntax
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | vlan-ascii-tuple]
no circuit-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
Description
When enabled, the router sends an ASCII-encoded tuple in the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet. This ASCII-tuple consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and SAP-ID, separated by “|”.
If disabled, the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet will be left empty.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.
Default
circuit-id
Parameters
ascii-tuple
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple consisting of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name is used.
vlan-ascii-tuple
Specifies that the format will include VLAN-id and dot1p bits in addition to what is included in ascii-tuple already. The format is supported on dot1q and qinq ports only. Thus, when the option 82 bits are stripped, dot1p bits will be copied to the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet.
circuit-id
Syntax
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | vlan-ascii-tuple]
no circuit-id
Context
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp>option
Description
When enabled, the router sends an ASCII-encoded tuple in the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet. This ASCII-tuple consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and SAP-ID, separated by “|”.
If disabled, the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet will be left empty.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.
Default
circuit-id
ascii-tuple
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple will be used which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name, separated by “|”.
ifindex
Specifies that the interface index will be used. (The If Index of a router interface can be displayed using the command show>router>interface>detail)
sap-id
Specifies that the SAP identifier will be used.
vlan-ascii-tuple
Specifies that the format will include VLAN-id and dot1p bits in addition to what is included in ascii-tuple already. The format is supported on dot1q-encapsulated ports only. Thus, when the option 82 bits are stripped, dot1p bits will be copied to the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet.
remote-id
Syntax
remote-id [mac | string string]
no remote-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>interface>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>interface>dhcp>option
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp
config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>dhcp>option
Description
This command specifies what information goes into the remote-id sub-option in the DHCP Relay packet.
If disabled, the remote-id sub-option of the DHCP packet will be left empty.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.
Default
remote-id
Parameters
mac
This keyword specifies the MAC address of the remote end is encoded in the sub-option.
string string
Specifies the remote-id.
snoop
Syntax
[no] snoop
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp -
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>dhcp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>dhcp
Description
This command enables DHCP snooping of DHCP messages on the SAP or SDP. Enabling DHCP snooping on interfaces (SAPs and SDP bindings) is required where DHCP messages important to lease state table population are received, or where Option 82 information is to be inserted. This includes interfaces that are in the path to receive messages from either DHCP servers or from subscribers.
Use the no form of the command to disable DHCP snooping on the specified VPLS SAP or SDP binding.
Default
no snoop
server
Syntax
server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]
Context
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp
Description
This command specifies a list of servers where requests will be forwarded. The list of servers can be entered as either IP addresses or fully qualified domain names. There must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are multiple servers then the request is forwarded to all of the servers in the list.
There can be a maximum of 8 DHCP servers configured.
Default
no server
Parameters
server
Specify the DHCP server IP address.
trusted
Syntax
[no] trusted
Context
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>subscriber-interface>grp-if>dhcp
Description
According to RFC 3046, DHCP Relay Agent Information Option, a DHCP request where the giaddr is 0.0.0.0 and which contains a Option 82 field in the packet, should be discarded, unless it arrives on a "trusted" circuit. If trusted mode is enabled on an IP interface, the Relay Agent (the router) will modify the request's giaddr to be equal to the ingress interface and forward the request.
Note that this behavior only applies when the action in the Relay Agent Information Option is "keep". In the case where the option 82 field is being replaced by the Relay Agent (action = "replace"), the original Option 82 information is lost anyway, and there is thus no reason for enabling the trusted option.
The no form of this command returns the system to the default.
Default
not enabled
 
Egress Multicast Group Commands
egress-multicast-group
Syntax
egress-multicast-group egress-multicast-group-name
no egress-multicast-group group-name
Context
config>service
Description
This command creates an egress multicast group (EMG) context. An EMG is created as an object used to group VPLS SAPs that are allowed to participate in efficient multicast replication (EMR). EMR is a method to increase the performance of egress multipoint forwarding by sacrificing some destination-based features. Eliminating the requirement to perform unique features for each destination allows the egress forwarding plane to chain together multiple destinations into a batch replication process. In order to perform this batch replication function, similar characteristics are required on each SAP within the EMG.
Only SAPs defined on Ethernet access ports are allowed into an egress-multicast-group.
In order to understand the purpose of an egress-multicast-group, an understanding of the system’s use of flooding lists is required. A flooding list is maintained at the egress forwarding plane to define a set of destinations to which a packet must be replicated. Multipoint services make use of flooding lists to enable forwarding a single packet to many destinations. Examples of multipoint services that use flooding lists are VPLS, IGMP snooping and IP multicast routing. Currently, the egress forwarding plane will only use efficient multicast replication for VPLS and IGMP snooping flooding lists.
In VPLS services, a unique flooding list is created for each VPLS context. The flooding list is used when a packet has a broadcast, multicast or unknown destination MAC address. From a system perspective, proper VPLS handling requires that a broadcast, multicast or unknown destined packet be sent to all destinations that are in the forwarding state. The ingress forwarding plane ensures the packet gets to all egress forwarding planes that include a destination in the VPLS context. It is the egress forwarding plane’s job to replicate the packet to the subset of the destinations that are reached through its interfaces and each of these destinations are included in the VPLS context’s flooding list.
For IGMP snooping, a unique flooding list is created for each IP multicast (s,g) record. This (s,g) record is associated with an ingress VPLS context and may be associated with VPLS destinations in the source VPLS instance or other VPLS instances (in the case of MVR). Again, the ingress forwarding plane ensures that an ingress IP multicast packet matching the (s,g) record gets to all egress forwarding planes that have a VPLS destination associated with the (s,g) record. The egress forwarding plane uses the flooding list owned by the (s,g) record to replicate the packet to all VPLS destinations in the flooding list. The IGMP Snooping function identifies which VPLS destinations should be associated with the (s,g) record.
With normal multicast replication, the egress forwarding plane examines which features are enabled for each destination. This includes ACL filtering, mirroring, encapsulation and queuing. The resources used to perform this per destination multicast processing are very expensive to the egress forwarding plane when high replication bandwidth is required. If destinations with similar egress functions can be grouped together, the egress forwarding plane can process them in a more efficient manner and maximize replication bandwidth.
The egress-multicast-group object is designed to allow the identification of SAPs with similar egress characteristics. When a SAP is successfully provisioned into an egress-multicast-group, the system is ensured that it may be batched together with other SAPs in the same group at the egress forwarding plane for efficient multicast replication. A SAP that does not meet the common requirements is not allowed into the egress-multicast-group.
At the forwarding plane level, a VPLS flooding list is categorized into chainable and non-chainable destinations. Currently, the only chainable destinations are SAPs within an egress-multicast-group. The chainable destinations are further separated by egress-multicast-group association. Chains are then created following the rules below:
Further subcategories are created for an IGMP (s,g) flooding list. A Layer 2 (s,g) record is created in a specific VPLS instance (the instance the (s,g) flow ingresses). SAPs within that VPLS context that join the (s,g) record are considered native SAPs within the flooding list. SAPs that join the (s,g) flooding list through the multicast VPLS registration process (MVR) from another VPLS context using the from-vpls command are considered alien SAPs. The distinction between native and alien in the list is maintained to allow the forwarding plane to enforce or suspend split-horizon-group (SHG) squelching. When the source of the (s,g) matching packet is in the same SHG as a native SAP, the packet must not be replicated to that SAP. For a SAP in another VPLS context, the source SHG of the packet has no meaning and the forwarding plane must disregard SHG matching between the native source of the packet and the alien destination. Because the SHG squelch decision is done for the whole chain based on the first SAP in the chain, all SAPs in the chain must be all native or all alien SAPs. Chains for IGMP (s,g) flooding lists are created using the following rules:
1.
2.
3.
When a packet associated with a flooding list is received by the egress forwarding plane, it processes the packet by evaluating each destination on the list sequentially in a replication context. If the current entry being processed in the list is a non-chained destination, the forwarding plane processes the packet for that destination and then moves on to process other packets currently in the forwarding plane before returning to process the next destination in the list. If the current entry being processed is a chained destination, the forwarding plane remains in the replication context until it has forwarded to each entry in that chain. Once the replication context finishes with the last entry in the chain, it moves on to process other packets waiting for egress processing before returning to the replication context. Processing continues in this manner until the packet has been forwarded to all destinations in the list.
Batch chain processing of a chain of SAPs improves replication efficiency by bypassing the functions that perform egress mirroring decisions on SAPs within the chain and making a single ACL filtering decision for the whole chain. Each destination in the chain may have a unique egress QoS policy and per destination queuing is still performed for each destination in the chain. Also, while each SAP in the chain must be on access ports with the same encap-type, if the encap-type is dot1q, each SAP may have a unique dot1q tag.
One caveat to each SAP having a unique egress QoS policy in the chain is that only the Dot1P marking decisions for the first SAP in the list is enforced. If the first SAP’s QoS policy forwarding class action states that the packet should not be remarked, none of the replicated packets in the chain will have the dot1P bits remarked. If the first SAP’s QoS policy forwarding class action states that the packet should be remarked with a specific dot1P value, all the replicated packets for the remaining SAPs in the chain will have the same dot1P marking.
While the system supports 32 egress multicast groups, a single group would usually suffice. An instance where multiple groups would be needed is when all the SAPs requiring efficient multicast replication cannot share the same common requirements. In this case, an egress multicast group would be created for each set of common requirements. An egress multicast group may contain SAPs from many different VPLS instances. It should be understood that an egress multicast group is not equivalent to an egress forwarding plane flooding list. An egress multicast group only identifies which SAPs may participate in efficient multicast replication. As stated above, entries in a flooding list are populated due to VPLS destination creation or IGMP snooping events.
The no form of the command removes a specific egress multicast group. Deleting an egress multicast group will only succeed when the group has no SAP members. To remove SAP members, use the no multicast-group group-name command under each SAP’s egress context.
Note: Efficient multicast replication will only be performed on IOMs that support chassis mode b If an IOM does not support mode b operation, egress-multicast-group membership is ignored on that IOM’s egress forwarding planes. The chassis need not be placed into mode b for efficient multicast replication to be performed on the capable IOMs.
Parameters
group-name
Multiple egress multicast groups may be created on the system. Each must have a unique name. The egress-multicast-group-name is an ASCII string up to 16 characters in length and follows all the naming rules as other named policies in the system. The group’s name is used throughout the system to uniquely identify the Egress Multicast Group and is used to provision a SAP into the group.
Default
Values
description
Syntax
description description-string
no description
Context
config>service>egress-multicast-group
Description
This command defines an ASCII string associated with egress-multicast-group-name.
The no form of the command removes an existing description string from egress-multicast-group.
Default
none
Parameters
description-string
The description command accepts a description-string parameter. The description-string parameter is an ASCII string of up to 80 characters in length. Only printable 127 bit ASCII characters are allowed. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
Values
 
 
 
dest-chain-limit
Syntax
dest-chain-limit destinations per pass
no dest-chain-limit
Context
config>service>egress-multicast-group
Description
This command defines the maximum length of an egress forwarding plane efficient multicast replication chain for an egress-multicast-group. Varying the maximum length of chains created for an egress multicast group has the effect of efficient multicast batched chain replication on other packets flowing through the egress forwarding plane. While replicating for the SAPs within a replication chain, other packets are waiting for the forwarding plane to finish. As the chain length increases, forwarding latency for the other waiting packets may increase. When the chain length decreases, a loss of efficiency in the replication process will be observed.
The no form of the command restores the default value of 10 to the dest-chain-limit parameter for the egress-multicast-group.
Default
no dest-chain-limit
Parameters
destinations per pass
This parameter must be specified when executing the dest-chain-limit command. When executed, the command will use the number-of-destinations parameter to reorganize all efficient multicast SAP chains that contain members from the egress-multicast-group.
The destinations per pass parameter can be modified at any time. Be aware that when changing the maximum chain length, the system will rebuild the chains according to the new limit. When this happens, it is possible that packets will not be replicated to a destination while it is being reorganized in the flooding lists’ chains. Only the chains associated with the egress-multicast-group context the command is executed in will be affected by changing the parameter.
It is expected that the optimal replication chain length will be between 10 and 16. Since so many variables affect efficient multicast (i.e. ingress packet rate, number of chains, size of replicated packets), only proper testing in the environment that replication will be performed will identify the best dest-chain-limit value for each Egress Multicast Group.
Setting the destinations per pass parameter to a value of 0 has the effect of removing from all egress forwarding planes all chains with members from the egress-multicast-group. Replication to each destination SAP from the group is performed using the normal method (non-efficient replication). The value 0 is not considered a normal value for dest-chain-limit and is provided for debugging purposes only. Setting the value to 0 is persistent between reboots of the system.
Setting the destinations per pass parameter to a value of 1 has the effect of placing each egress-multicast-group member SAP into a chain with a single SAP. The value 1 is not considered a normal value for the dest-chain-limit and is provided for debugging purposes only. Setting the value to 1 is persistent between reboots of the system.
Values
Default
sap-common-requirements
Syntax
sap-common-requirements
Context
config>service>egress-multicast-group
Description
This command configures the common SAP parameter requirements. The SAP common requirements are used to evaluate each SAP for group membership. If a SAP does not meet the specified requirements, the SAP is not allowed into the egress-multicast-group. Once a SAP is a member of the group, attempting to change the parameters on the SAP will fail.
egress-filter
Syntax
egress-filter [ip ip-filter-id]
egress-filter [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
egress-filter [mac mac-filter-id]
no egress-filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id][mac mac-filter-id]
Context
config>service>egress-multicast-group>sap-common-requirements
Description
This command identifies the type of filter and actual filter ID that must be provisioned on the SAP prior to the SAP being made a member of the egress-multicast-group. If the SAP does not have the specified filter applied, the SAP cannot be provisioned into the group. It is important that the egress filter applied to each SAP within the egress-multicast-group be the same since the batch replication process on an efficient multicast replication chain will apply the first SAP’s ACL decision to all other SAPs on the chain.
Once the SAP is made a member of the egress-multicast-group, the SAP’s egress filter cannot be changed on the SAP.
Changing the egress-filter parameters within the sap-common-requirements node automatically changes the egress filter applied to each member SAP. If the filter cannot be changed on the SAP due to resource constraints, the modification will fail.
The specified egress-filter does not contain an entry that is defined as an egress mirror-source. Once the filter is associated with the egress-multicast-group, attempting to define one of its entries as an egress mirror source will fail.
The no form of the command removes the egress-filter from each member SAP. The no egress-filter command specifies that an egress filter (IP or MAC)(IP, IPv6 or MAC) is not applied to a new member SAP within the egress-multicast-group.
Default
no filter. The egress filter ID must be defined with the associated ip or mac keyword. If an egress-filter is not specified or the no egress-filter command is executed in the sap-common-requirements node, a new member SAP does not have an egress IP or MAC filter defined.
Parameters
ip ip-filter-id
Specifies IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Values
ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
Values
mac mac-filter-id
Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID must already exist within the created MAC filters. The filter policy must already exist within the created MAC filters.
Values
encap-type
Syntax
encap-type {dot1q | null}
no encap-type
Context
config>service>egress-multicast-group>sap-common-requirements
Description
This command specifies the encapsulation type that must exist on the SAP’s access port to allow the SAP membership within the egress-multicast-group. The config>port>ethernet>access>encap-type command is used to define the encapsulation type for the Ethernet port. The allowed encapsulation type values are dot1q and null. If the SAP does not exist on a port with the specified encap-type, it will not be allowed into the egress-multicast-group.
If at least one SAP is currently a member of the efficient-multicast-group, the encap-type cannot be changed within the sap-common-requirements node. If the efficient-multicast-group does not contain any member SAPs, the encap-type may be changed at anytime.
There is no interaction between an efficient-multicast-group and the corresponding access ports associated with its members since all SAPs must be deleted from a port before its encap-type can be changed. When the SAPs are deleted from the port, they are also automatically deleted from the efficient-multicast-group.
The no form of the command returns the egress-multicast-group required encapsulation type for SAPs to dot1q. If the current encap-type is set to null, the command cannot be executed when SAPs exist within the egress-multicast-group.
Default
dot1q — For an egress-multicast-group.
null — If member SAPs are on a null encapsulated access port.
Parameters
null
The null keyword is mutually exclusive with the dot1q keyword. When the encap-type within the sap-common-requirements is specified to be null, the encapsulation type for the access ports associated with all SAPs within the egress-multicast-group must be set to null.
dot1q
The dot1q keyword is mutually exclusive with the null keyword. When the encap-type within the sap-common-requirements is specified to be dot1q, the encapsulation type for the access ports associated with all SAPs within the egress-multicast-group must be set to dot1q.
dot1q-etype
Syntax
dot1q-etype [0x0600..0xffff]
no dot1q-etype
Context
config>service>egress-multicast-group>sap-common-requirements
Description
This command specifies the dot1q EtherType that must exist on the SAP’s access port to allow the SAP membership within the egress-multicast-group. The config>port>ethernet>access>dot1q-etype command is used to define the EtherType used when encapsulating a packet with a dot1q tag on the Ethernet port. Any valid EtherType is allowed on the port.
If the current encap-type for the egress-multicast-group is set to null, the dot1q-etype EtherType is ignored when evaluating SAP membership in the group. If the encap-type is set to dot1q (the default), a member SAP’s access port must be configured with the same dot1q-etype EtherType as the egress-multicast-group.
If at least one SAP is currently a member of the efficient-multicast-group, the dot1q-etype value cannot be changed within the sap-common-requirements node. If the efficient-multicast-group does not contain any member SAPs, the dot1q-etype value may be changed at anytime.
If an access port currently has SAPs associated with it that are defined within an egress-multicast-group and the port is currently set to encap-type dot1q, the dot1q-etype value defined on the port cannot be changed.
The no form of the command returns the egress-multicast-group dot1q EtherType to the default value of 0x8100. If the current encap-type is set to a value other then 0x8100, the command cannot be executed when SAPs exist within the egress-multicast-group.
Default
The default dot1q-etype is 0x8100 for an egress-multicast-group.
Parameters
ethertype
Defines the dot1q EtherType that must be associated with a SAP’s access port when the encap-type is set to dot1q. Any valid EtherType may be specified.
Values
Default
 
Interface Commands
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name
no interface ip-int-name
Context
config>service>vprn
Description
This command creates a logical IP routing interface for a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN). Once created, attributes like an IP address and service access point (SAP) can be associated with the IP interface.
The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within VPRN service IDs. The interface command can be executed in the context of an VPRN service ID. The IP interface created is associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber internet access.
Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces defined for config router interface and config service vprn interface. Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name “1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but “int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.
The available IP address space for local subnets and routes is controlled with the config router service-prefix command. The service-prefix command administers the allowed subnets that can be defined on service IP interfaces. It also controls the prefixes that may be learned or statically defined with the service IP interface as the egress interface. This allows segmenting the IP address space into config router and config service domains.
When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.
By default, there are no default IP interface names defined within the system. All VPRN IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.
The no form of this command removes IP the interface and all the associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shutdown before issuing the no interface command.
For VPRN services, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed. VPRN services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI context. VPRN service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.
Parameters
ip-int-name
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context will be changed to maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID or is an IP interface defined within the config router commands, an error will occur and context will not be changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the interface is created and context is changed to that interface for further command processing.
interface
Syntax
interface ip-int-name
no interface ip-int-name
Context
config>service>ies
Description
This command creates a logical IP routing interface for an Internet Ethernet Service (IES). Once created, attributes like an IP address and service access point (SAP) can be associated with the IP interface.
The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within IES service IDs. The interface command can be executed in the context of an IES, service ID. The IP interface created is associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber internet access.
Interface names are case sensitive and must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces defined for config router interface and config service ies interface (that is, the network core router instance). Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address. For example, the name “1.1.1.1” is not allowed, but “int-1.1.1.1” is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or the IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.
The available IP address space for local subnets and routes is controlled with the config router service-prefix command. The service-prefix command administers the allowed subnets that can be defined on IES IP interfaces. It also controls the prefixes that may be learned or statically defined with the IES IP interface as the egress interface. This allows segmenting the IP address space into config router and config service domains.
When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.
By default, there are no default IP interface names defined within the system. All IES IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.
The no form of this command removes the IP interface and all the associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shutdown before issuing the no interface command.
For IES services, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed. IES services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI context. IES service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.
Parameters
ip-int-name
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be from 1 to 32 alphanumeric characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context will be changed to maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID or is an IP interface defined within the config router commands, an error will occur and context will not be changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the interface is created and context is changed to that interface for further command processing.
address
Syntax
address {ip-address/mask|ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones|host-ones] [track-srrp srrp-instance]
no address
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command assigns an IP address, IP subnet, and broadcast address format to an IES IP router interface. Only one IP address can be associated with an IP interface.
An IP address must be assigned to each IES IP interface. An IP address and a mask are used together to create a local IP prefix. The defined IP prefix must be unique within the context of the routing instance. It cannot overlap with other existing IP prefixes defined as local subnets on other IP interfaces in the same routing context within the .
The local subnet that the address command defines must be part of the services’ address space within the routing context using the config router service-prefix command. The default is to disallow the complete address space to services. Once a portion of the address space is allocated as a service prefix, that portion can be made unavailable for IP interfaces defined within the config router interface CLI context for network core connectivity with the exclude option in the config router service-prefix command.
The IP address for the interface can be entered in either CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) or traditional dotted decimal notation. The show commands display CIDR notation and is stored in configuration files.
By default, no IP address or subnet association exists on an IP interface until it is explicitly created.
Use the no form of this command to remove the IP address assignment from the IP interface. When the no address command is entered, the interface becomes operationally down.
 
The operational state is a read-only variable and the only controlling variables are the address and admin states. The address and admin states are independent and can be set independently. If an interface is in an adminstratively up state and an address is assigned, it becomes operationally up and the protocol interfaces and the MPLS LSPs associated with that IP interface will be reinitialized.
ip-address
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
/
The forward slash is a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces are allowed between the ip-address, the “/” and the mask-length parameter. If a forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted decimal mask must follow the prefix.
mask-length
The subnet mask length when the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation. When the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation, a forward slash (/) separates the ip-address from the mask-length parameter. The mask length parameter indicates the number of bits used for the network portion of the IP address; the remainder of the IP address is used to determine the host portion of the IP address. Allowed values are integers in the range 0 – 31. Note that a mask length of 32 is reserved for loopback addresses (includes system addresses).
mask
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in a logical ‘AND’ function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.
broadcast
The optional broadcast parameter overrides the default broadcast address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones which indictates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the broadcast address to all-ones or revert back to a broadcast address of host-ones.
The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is assigned or changed.
This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones) or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) will be received by the IP interface.
Default
all-ones
The all-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter specifies the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be 255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.
host-ones
The host-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter specifies that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be the subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to the local subnet described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with all the host bits set to binary one. This is the default broadcast address used by an IP interface.
The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negate feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address command must be executed with the broadcast parameter defined.
 
 
allow-directed-broadcast
Syntax
[no] allow-directed-broadcast
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command enables the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface.
A directed broadcast is a packet received on a local router interface destined for the subnet broadcast address on another IP interface. The allow-directed-broadcasts command on an IP interface enables or disables the transmission of packets destined to the subnet broadcast address of the egress IP interface.
When enabled, a frame destined to the local subnet on this IP interface will be sent as a subnet broadcast out this interface. Care should be exercised when allowing directed broadcasts as it is a well-known mechanism used for denial-of-service attacks.
When disabled, directed broadcast packets discarded at this egress IP interface will be counted in the normal discard counters for the egress SAP.
By default, directed broadcasts are not allowed and will be discarded at this egress IP interface.
The no form of this command disables the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface.
Default
no allow-directed-broadcasts — Directed broadcasts are dropped
loopback
Syntax
[no] loopback
Context
config>service>ies>interface
Description
This command specifies that the associated interface is a loopback interface that has no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated IES interface cannot be bound to a SAP.
Note that you can configure an IES interface as a loopback interface by issuing the loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined on a loopback interface.
Default
None
mac
Syntax
mac ieee-address
no mac
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command assigns a specific MAC address to an IES IP interface.
The no form of the command returns the MAC address of the IP interface to the default value.
Default
The physical MAC address associated with the Ethernet interface that the SAP is configured on (the default MAC address assigned to the interface, assigned by the system).
Parameters
ieee-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
sap
Syntax
[no] sap sap-id [create]
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the router. Each SAP must be unique.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP will not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.
A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command.
If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service will be discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.
Note that you can configure an IES interface as a loopback interface by issuing the loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined on a loopback interface.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP will also be deleted. For IES, the IP interface must be shutdown before the SAP on that interface may be removed.
Default
No SAPs are defined.
Special Cases
IES
A SAP is defined within the context of an IP routed interface. Each IP interface is limited to a single SAP definition. Attempts to create a second SAP on an IP interface will fail and generate an error; the original SAP will not be affected.
 
secondary
Syntax
secondary {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast all-ones | host-ones] [igp-inhibit]
no secondary ip-address
Context
config>service>ies>interface
This command assigns a secondary IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address format to the interface.
Default
none
Parameters
ip-address
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
mask
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in a logical ‘AND’ function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.
netmask
Specifies a string of 0s and 1s that mask or screen out the network part of an IP address so that only the host computer part of the address remains.
broadcast
The optional broadcast parameter overrides the default broadcast address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones which indictates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the broadcast address to all-ones or revert back to a broadcast address of host-ones.
The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is assigned or changed.
This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones) or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) will be received by the IP interface. (Default: host-ones)
all-ones
The all-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter specifies the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be 255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.
host-ones
The host-ones keyword following the broadcast parameter specifies that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be the subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to the local subnet described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with all the host bits set to binary one. This is the default broadcast address used by an IP interface.
The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negate feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address command must be executed with the broadcast parameter defined.
igp-inhibit
The optional igp-inhibit parameter signals that the given secondary IP interface should not be recognized as a local interface by the running IGP. For OSPF and IS-IS, this means that the specified secondary IP interfaces will not be injected and used as passive interfaces and will not be advertised as internal IP interfaces into the IGP’s link state database. For RIP, this means that these secondary IP interfaces will not source RIP updates.
tos-marking-state
Syntax
tos-marking-state {trusted | untrusted}
no tos-marking-state
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command is used to change the default trusted state to a non-trusted state. When unset or reverted to the trusted default, the ToS field will not be remarked by egress network IP interfaces unless the egress network IP interface has the remark-trusted state set, in which case the egress network interface treats all IES and network IP interfaces as untrusted.
When the ingress interface is set to untrusted, all egress network IP interfaces will remark IP packets received on the network interface according to the egress marking definitions on each network interface. The egress network remarking rules also apply to the ToS field of IP packets routed using IGP shortcuts (tunneled to a remote next-hop). However, the tunnel QoS markings are always derived from the egress network QoS definitions.
Egress marking and remarking is based on the internal forwarding class and profile state of the packet once it reaches the egress interface. The forwarding class is derived from ingress classification functions. The profile of a packet is either derived from ingress classification or ingress policing.
The default marking state for network IP interfaces is trusted. This is equivalent to declaring no tos-marking-state on the network IP interface. When undefined or set to tos-marking-state trusted, the trusted state of the interface will not be displayed when using show config or show info unless the detail parameter is given. The save config command will not store the default tos-marking-state trusted state for network IP interfaces unless the detail parameter is also specified.
The no tos-marking-state command is used to restore the trusted state to a network IP interface. This is equivalent to executing the tos-marking-state trusted command.
Default
trusted
Parameters
trusted
The default prevents the ToS field to not be remarked by egress network IP interfaces unless the egress network IP interface has the remark-trusted state set.
untrusted
Specifies that all egress network IP interfaces will remark IP packets received on the network interface according to the egress marking definitions on each network interface.
address
Syntax
address {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [gw-ip-address ip-address] [track-srrp srrp-inst] [holdup-time msec]
no address
Context
configure>service>ies>sub-if
configure>service>vprn>sub-if
Description
This command will configure the subscriber-interface address along with additional parameters related to multi-chassis redundancy.
Default
none
Parameters
ip-address
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
/
The forward slash is a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces are allowed between the ip-address, the “/” and the mask-length parameter. If a forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted decimal mask must follow the prefix.
mask
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in a logical AND function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.
netmask
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation.
Values
track-srrp srrp-inst
This command will enable the subscriber-interface route to track the SRRP state of the specified SRRP instance. The route will update its state attribute to reflect the state of SRRP instance:
•Master = srrp-master
•Any other = srrp-non-master
Routing policy can be applied towards the state attribute in order to customize the advertisement of the route. Only one SRRP instance can be tracked per subscriber-interface route. Tracked SRRP instance can be part of the Fate Sharing Group. This command can be enabled at any time.
holdup-time msec
Time to wait for the route before it accepts the new state attribute. This timer is used to prevent fluctuations in route advertisement caused by short lived SRRP instabilities, in the case that such condition arises.
Values
msec [100…5000] msec
link-local-address
Syntax
link-local-address ipv6-address
no link-local-address
Context
configure>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command will configure the IPv6 Link Local address that will be used as a virtual SRRP IPv6 address by the Master SRRP node. This address will be sent in the Router Advertisements initiated by the Master SRRP node. Clients will use this address as IPv6 default-gateway. Both SRRP nodes, Master and Backup, must be configured with the same Link Local address.
Default
none
Parameters
ipv6-address
IPv6 address in the form:
x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
where:
x - [0..FF]
d - [0..255]
monitor-oper-group
Syntax
monitor-oper-group name priority-step step
no monitor-oper-group
Context
configure>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This command will configure the association between the SRRP instance in a Fate Sharing Group and the operational-group that contains messaging SAPs. A state transition of a messaging SAP within an operational-group will trigger calculation of the priority for all SRRP instances that are associated with that operational-group.
Default
none
Parameters
name
Name of the operational-group that is tracking operational state of SRRP messaging SAPs
priority-step
The priority step for which the priority of an SRRP instance will be changed. If a messaging SAP within an operational-group transition to a non-UP state, the priority will be decreased by the step value. If the messaging SAP within the operational-group transition into the UP state, the priority of the SRRP instance will be increased by the step value.
step
The step for which the SRRP priority is modified expressed as a decimal integer.
Values
oper-group
Syntax
oper-group name
no oper-group
Context
configure>service>epipe>spoke-sdp
configure>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap
Description
This command will configure an epipe or a (messaging) SAP to be the member of the oper-group.
Epipe:
The epipe status can be monitored by the SRRP messaging SAP. The messaging SAP will transition into the DOWN state if the epipe is either DOWN or has a STANDBY status. In order for the messaging SAP to assume the DOWN state, both RX and TX side of the PW must be shut. In other words, a PW in standby mode also must have the local TX disabled by the virtue of the ‘slave’ flag (standby-signaling-slave command under the spoke-sdp hierarchy). Without the TX disabled, the SAP monitoring the PW would not transition in the down state. The messaging SAP will be in the UP state if the epipe is in the UP state (Active staus).
(SRRP messaging) SAP:
The state of the messaging SAPs will be monitored by SRRP instances in a Fate Sharing Group. A state change of any of the messaging SAPs defined under the group-interface and within the oper-group will trigger recalculation of SRRP priority.
Default
none
Parameters
name
Specify name of the operational-group that contains the member epipe.
srrp-enabled-routing
Syntax
srrp-enabled-routing [hold-time decisec]
no srrp-enabled-routing
Context
configure>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command will enable SRRP state tracking by managed (IPv4 only) and subscriber-routes. Managed and subscriber-routes that are installed in the Route Table Manager (RTM) would be modified by the source (SRRP would update the route’s state attribute - srrp-master, srrp-non-master) and this would trigger policy reevaluation with the corresponding action.
Default
none
Parameters
hold-time
Waiting period before which the route’s state attribute is updated. The purpose of this command is to avoid propagation of quick successive SRRP state transitions into the routing.
decisec
Specify in deci seconds
Values
track-srrp
Syntax
track-srrp srrp-id
no track-srrp
Context
configure>service>vpls>sap>
Description
This is a capture SAP level command. This command is important in PPPoE deployments with MSAPs. PPPoE operation requires that the MAC address learned by the client at the very beginning of the session negotiation phase remains unchanged for the lifetime of the session (RFC 2516). This command will ensure that that the virtual MAC address used during the PPPoE session negotiation phase on the capture SAP is the same virtual MAC address that is used by the SRRP on the group-interface on which the session is established. Therefore, it is mandated that the SRRP instance (and implicitly the group-interface) where the session belongs to is known in advance. If the group-interface name for the session is returned by the RADIUS, it must be ensured that this group-interface is the one on which the tracked SRRP instance is configured. PPPoE sessions on the same capture SAP cannot be shared across multiple group-interfaces, but instead they all must belong to a single group-interface that is known in advance.
The same restrictions will apply to IPoE clients in MC Redundancy scenario if they are to be supported concurrently on the same capture SAP as PPPoE.
The supported capture SAP syntax is this:
sap <port-id>:X.* capture-sap
The capture SAP syntax that is NOT supported is this:
sap <port-id>:*.* capture-sap
Default
none
Parameters
srrp-id
Specify SRRP instance number.
Values
srrp
Syntax
[no] srrp srrp-id
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command creates a Subscriber Router Redundancy Protocol (SRRP) instance on a group IP interface. An SRRP instance manages all subscriber subnets within the group interfaces subscriber IP interface or other subscriber IP interfaces that are associated through a wholesale/retail relationship. Only one unique SRRP instance can be configured per group interface.
The no form of the command removes an SRRP instance from a group IP interface. Once removed, the group interface ignores ARP requests for the SRRP gateway IP addresses that may exist on subscriber subnets associated with the group IP interface. Then the group interface stops routing using the redundant IP interface associated with the group IP interface and will stop routing with the SRRP gateway MAC address. Ingress packets destined to the SRRP gateway MAC will also be silently discarded. This is the same behavior as a group IP interface that is disabled (shutdown).
Default
no srrp
Parameters
srrp-id
Specifies a 32 bit instance ID that must be unique to the system. The instance ID must also match the instance ID used by the remote router that is participating in the same SRRP context. SRRP is intended to perform a function similar to VRRP where adjacent IP hosts within local subnets use a default gateway to access IP hosts on other subnets.
Values
bfd-enable
Syntax
[no] bfd-enable [service-id] interface interface-name dst-ip ip-address
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This commands assigns a bi-directional forwarding (BFD) session providing heart-beat mechanism for the given VRRP/SRRP instance. There can be only one BFD session assigned to any given VRRP/SRRP instance, but there can be multiple SRRP/VRRP sessions using the same BFD session.
BFD control the state of the associated interface. By enabling BFD on a given protocol interface, the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the local node and the remote node. The parameters used for the BFD are set via the BFD command under the IP interface.
The no form of this command removes BFD from the configuration.
Default
none
Parameters
service-id
Specifies the service ID of the interface running BFD.
Values
interface interface-name
Specifies the name of the interface running BFD.
dst-ip ip-address
Specifies the destination address of the interface running BFD.
gw-mac
Syntax
gw-mac mac-address
no gw-mac
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This command overrides the default SRRP gateway MAC address used by the SRRP instance. Unless specified, the system uses the same base MAC address for all SRRP instances with the last octet overridden by the lower 8 bits of the SRRP instance ID. . The same SRRP gateway MAC address should be in-use by both the local and remote routers participating in the same SRRP context.
One reason to change the default SRRP gateway MAC address is if two SRRP instances sharing the same broadcast domain are using the same SRRP gateway MAC. The system will use the SRRP instance ID to separate the SRRP messages (by ignoring the messages that does not match the local instance ID), but a unique SRRP gateway MAC is essential to separate the routed packets for each gateway IP address.
The no form of the command removes the explicit SRRP gateway MAC address from the SRRP instance. The SRRP gateway MAC address can only be changed or removed when the SRRP instance is shutdown.
Parameters
mac-address
Specifies a MAC address that is used to override the default SRRP base MAC address
Values
If not specified, the system uses the default SRRP gateway MAC address with the last octet set to the 8 least significant bits of the SRRP instance ID.
keep-alive-interval
Syntax
keep-alive-interval interval
no keep-alive-interval
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This command defines the interval between SRRP advertisement messages sent when operating in the master state. The interval is also the basis for setting the master-down timer used to determine when the master is no longer sending. The system uses three times the keep-alive interval to set the timer. Every time an SRRP advertisement is seen that is better then the local priority, the timer is reset. If the timer expires, the SRRP instance assumes that a master does not exist and initiates the attempt to become master.
When in backup state, the SRRP instance takes the keep-alive interval of the master as represented in the masters SRRP advertisement message. Once in master state, the SRRP instance uses its own configured keep-alive interval.
The keep-alive-interval may be changed at anytime, but will have no effect until the SRRP instance is in the master state.
The no form of the command restores the default interval.
Parameters
interval
Specifies the interval between SRRP advertisement messages sent when operating in the master state.
Values
Default
message-path
Syntax
message-path sap-id
no message-path
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This command defines a specific SAP for SRRP in-band messaging. A message-path SAP must be defined prior to activating the SRRP instance. The defined SAP must exist on the SRRP instances group IP interface for the command to succeed and cannot currently be associated with any dynamic or static subscriber hosts. Once a group IP interface SAP has been defined as the transmission path for SRRP Advertisement messages, it cannot be administratively shutdown, will not support static or dynamic subscriber hosts and cannot be removed from the group IP interface.
The SRRP instance message-path command may be executed at anytime on the SRRP instance. Changing the message SAP will fail if a dynamic or static subscriber host is associated with the new SAP. Once successfully changed, the SRRP instance will immediately disable anti-spoof on the SAP and start sending SRRP Advertisement messages if the SRRP instance is activated.
Changing the current SRRP message SAP on an active pair of routers should be done in the following manner:
1. Shutdown the backup SRRP instance.
2. Change the message SAP on the shutdown node.
3. Change the message SAP on the active master node.
4. Re-activate the shutdown SRRP instance.
Shutting down the backup SRRP instance prevents the SRRP instances from becoming master due to temporarily using differing message path SAPs.
If an MCS peering is operational between the redundant nodes and the SRRP instance has been associated with the peering, the designated message path SAP will be sent from each member.
The no form of the command can only be executed when the SRRP instance is shutdown. Executing no message-path allows the existing SAP to be used for subscriber management functions. A new message-path SAP must be defined prior to activating the SRRP instance.
Parameters
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
one-garp-per-sap
Syntax
[no] one-garp-per-sap
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This command is applicable to PPPoE only deployments in which there are multiple subnets under the subscriber-interface. In such case, if the switchover occurs, it will be sufficient to send a single Gratuitous ARP on every VLAN to update the Layer 2 forwarding path in the access aggregation network. This single gratuitous ARP will contain the IP address of the first gw-adddress found under the subscriber-interface address.
prefix
Syntax
prefix ipv6-address/prefix-length [pd] [wan-host] track-srrp srrp-instance [holdup-time milli-seconds]
no prefix
Context
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>sub-pfx
configure>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>sub-pfx
Description
This command will configure the IPv6 subscriber-interface address along with additional parameters related to multi-chassis redundancy.
Default
none
Parameters
ip-address
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
/
The forward slash is a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces are allowed between the ip-address, the “/” and the mask-length parameter. If a forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted decimal mask must follow the prefix.
mask
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in a logical AND function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values are dotted decimal addresses in the range 128.0.0.0 – 255.255.255.252. Note that a mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.
netmask
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation.
Values
track-srrp srrp-inst
This command will enable the subscriber-interface IPv6 route to track the SRRP state of the specified SRRP instance. The route will update its state attribute to reflect the state of SRRP instance:
Master = srrp-master
Any other = srrp-non-master
Routing policy can be applied towards the state attribute in order to customize the advertisement of the route. Only one SRRP instance can be tracked per subscriber-interface route. Tracked SRRP instance can be part of the Fate Sharing Group. This command can be enabled at any time.
holdup-time msec
Time to wait for the route before it accepts the new state attribute. This timer is used to prevent fluctuations in route advertisement caused by short lived SRRP instabilities, in the case that such condition arises.
msec [100…5000] msec
policy
Syntax
[no] policy vrrp-policy-id
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This command associates one or more VRRP policies with the SRRP instance. A VRRP policy is a collection of connectivity and verification tests used to manipulate the in-use priorities of VRRP and SRRP instances. A VRRP policy can test the link state of ports, ping IP hosts, discover the existence of routes in the routing table or the ability to reach L2 hosts. When one or more of these tests fail, the VRRP policy has the option of decrementing or setting an explicit value for the in-use priority of an SRRP instance.
More than one VRRP policy may be associated with an SRRP instance. When more than one VRRP policy is associated with an SRRP instance the delta decrement of the in-use priority is cumulative unless one or more test fail that have explicit priority values. When one or more explicit tests fail, the lowest priority value event takes effect for the SRRP instance. When the highest delta-in-use-limit is used to manage the lowest delta derived in-use priority for the SRRP instance.
VRRP policy associations may be added and removed at anytime. A maximum of two VRRP policies can be associated with a single SRRP instance.
The no form of the command removes the association with vrrp-policy-id from the SRRP instance.
Parameters
vrrp-policy-id
Specifies one or more VRRP policies with the SRRP instance.
Values
preempt
Syntax
[no] preempt
Context
configure>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
When preempt is enabled, a newly initiated SRRP instance can overrides an existing Master SRRP instance if its priority value is higher than the priority of the current Master.
If preempt is disabled, an SRRP instance only becomes Master if the master down timer expires before an SRRP advertisement message is received from the adjacent SRRP enabled node.
Default
preempt
priority
Syntax
priority priority
no priority
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>srrp
Description
This command overrides the default base priority for the SRRP instance. The SRRP instance priority is advertised by the SRRP instance to its neighbor router and is compared to the priority received from the neighbor router. The router with the best (highest) priority enters the master state while the other router enters the backup state. If the priority of each router is the same, the router with the lowest source IP address in the SRRP advertisement message assumes the master state.
The base priority of an SRRP instance can be managed by VRRP policies. A VRRP policy defines a set of connectivity or verification tests which, when they fail, may lower an SRRP instances base priority (creating an in-use priority for the instance). Every time an SRRP instances in-use priority changes when in master state, it sends an SRRP advertisement message with the new priority. If the dynamic priority drops to zero or receives an SRRP Advertisement message with a better priority, the SRRP instance transitions to the becoming backup state.
When the priority command is not specified, or the no priority command is executed, the system uses a default base priority of 100. The priority command may be executed at anytime.
The no form of the command restores the default base priority to the SRRP instance. If a VRRP policy is associated with the SRRP instance, it will use the default base priority as the basis for any modifications to the SRRP instances in-use priority.
Parameters
priority
Specifies a base priority for the SRRP instance to override the default.
Values
Default
arp-populate
Syntax
[no] arp-populate
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command, when enabled, disables dynamic learning of ARP entries. Instead, the ARP table is populated with dynamic entries from the DHCP Lease State Table (enabled with lease-populate), and optionally with static entries entered with the host command.
Enabling the arp-populate command will remove any dynamic ARP entries learned on this interface from the ARP cache.
The arp-populate command will fail if an existing static ARP entry exists for this interface.
The arp-populate command will fail if an existing static subscriber host on the SAP does not have both MAC and IP addresses specified.
Once arp-populate is enabled, creating a static subscriber host on the SAP without both an IP address and MAC address will fail.
When arp-populate is enabled, the system will not send out ARP requests for hosts that are not in the ARP cache. Only statically configured and DHCP learned hosts are reachable through an IP interface with arp-populate enabled. The arp-populate command can only be enabled on IES and VPRN interfaces supporting Ethernet encapsulation.
Use the no form of the command to disable ARP cache population functions for static and dynamic hosts on the interface. All static and dynamic host information for this interface will be removed from the system’s ARP cache.
Default
not enabled
arp-timeout
Syntax
arp-timeout seconds
no arp-timeout
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>vprn>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command configures the minimum time in seconds an ARP entry learned on the IP interface will be stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen from an IP host, otherwise, the ARP entry is aged from the ARP table. If arp-timeout is set to a value of zero seconds, ARP aging is disabled.
When the arp-populate and lease-populate commands are enabled on an IES interface, the ARP table entries will no longer be dynamically learned, but instead by snooping DHCP ACK message from a DHCP server. In this case the configured arp-timeout value has no effect.
The default value for arp-timeout is 14400 seconds (4 hours).
The no form of this command restores arp-timeout to the default value.
Default
14400 seconds
Parameters
seconds
The minimum number of seconds a learned ARP entry will be stored in the ARP table, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of zero specifies that the timer is inoperative and learned ARP entries will not be aged.
Values
host-connectivity-verify
Syntax
host-connectivity-verify [source {vrrp | interface}] [interval interval] [action {remove | alarm}]
Context
config>service>ies>if
Description
This command enables subscriber host connectivity verification for all hosts on this interface. This tool will periodically scan all known hosts (from dhcp-state) and perform UC ARP requests. The subscriber host connectivity verification will maintain state (connected vs. not-connected) for all hosts.
Default
no host-connectivity-verify
Parameters
source {vrrp | interface}
Specifies the source to be used for generation of subscriber host connectivity verification packets. The vrrp keyword specifies that the VRRP state should be used to select proper IP and MAC (active uses VRID, back-up uses interface addresses). The interface keyword forces the use of the interface mac and ip addresses. Note that there are up to 16 possible subnets on a given interface, therefore the subscriber host connectivity verification tool will use always an address of the subnet to which the given host is pertaining. In case of group-interfaces, one of the parent subscriber-interface subnets (depending on host's address) will be used.
interval interval
The interval, expressed in minutes, which specifies when all known sources should be verified. The actual rate is then dependent on number of known hosts and interval.
Values
Note that a zero value can be used by the SNMP agent to disable host-connectivity-verification.
action {remove | alarm}
Defines the action taken on a subscriber host connectivity verification failure for a given host. The remove keyword raises an alarm and removes dhcp-state and releases all allocated resources (queues, table entries, etc.). The alarm keyword raises an alarm indicating that the host is disconnected.
icmp
Syntax
icmp
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command enables the contex to configure Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters on a service.
ip-mtu
Syntax
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command specifies the maximum size of IP packets on this group-interface. Packets larger than this will be fragmented.
The ip-mtu applies to all IPoE host types (DHCP, ARP, static). For PPP/L2TP sessions, the ip-mtu is not taken into account for the mtu negotiation; the ppp-mtu in the ppp-policy should be used instead.
The no form of the command removes the octets value from the configuration.
Default
none
Parameters
octets
Specifies the largest frame size (in octets) that this interface can handle.
Values
private-retail-subnets
Syntax
[no] private-retail-subnets
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if
Description
This command controls the export of retail subnets and prefixes to the wholesale forwarding service. When this attribute is configured, subnets and prefixes configured on the retail subscriber interface will no longer be exported to the associated wholesale VPRN and will remain private to the retail VPRN. This is useful in a PPPoE business service context as it allows retail services to use overlapping IP address spaces even if these services are associated with the same wholesale service. PPPoE sessions are actually terminated in the retail service although their traffic transits on a SAP belonging to the wholesale service.
Configuring private retail subnets is not supported for IPoEv4 host management (DHCPv4, IPv4 static-host and ARP-host). If PPPoE sessions need to coexist with IPoEv4 hosts, then this attribute should not be configured on the retail subscriber interface.
This command will fail if the subscriber interface is not associated with a wholesale service.
If the retail VPRN is of the type hub, this attribute is mandatory. In this case, private retail subnets will be enabled by default and it will not be possible to deconfigure it.
unnumbered
Syntax
unnumbered [ip-int-name|ip-address]
no unnumbered
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if
config>service>ies>sub-if
Description
This command can be configured only for subscriber-interfaces that do not have an IPv4 address explicitly configured and is therefore operationally in a DOWN state. By configuring this command, the subscriber-interface will borrow the IPv4 address from the referenced interface (directly or indirectly via IP address) that must be operationally UP and located in the same routing instance as the subscriber-interface. This will allow the subscriber-interface to becomes operationally UP and consequently allow forwarding of the subscriber traffic.
Such interface is referred as unnumbered interface, since it does not have explicitly configured a unique IP address. Subscriber-hosts under the unnumbered subscriber-interface are installed in the fib as /32 hosts.
Without this command the subscriber-interface is operationally DOWN and subscriber-host instantiation is not possible.
This command is mutually exclusive with the allow-unmatched-subnets command under the same CLI hierarchy.
The operation of IPv6 host is not affected by this command.
Default
no unnumbered
Parameters
ip-int-name
Specifies the interface name from which an IPv4 address will be borrowed.
ip-address
The IP address from an optionationally up interface that will be used for subscriber interface.
ipv6
Syntax
ipv6
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>ies>sub-if
config>service>vprn>sub-if
Description
This command enables the context to enable IPv6 IPoE bridged mode.
ipoe-bridged-mode
Syntax
[no] ipoe-bridged-mode
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6
Description
This command enters the context to enable IPv6 IPoE bridged mode.
The no form of the command disables the IPv6 IPoE bridged mode.
allow-multiple-wan-addresses
Syntax
[no] allow-multiple-wan-addresses
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6
Description
This command enables host to have two WAN addresses, one from DHCP IA_NA and one from SLAAC assignment.
Default
no allow-multiple-wan-addresses
nd
Syntax
nd
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6
config>service>ies>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6
Description
This command enables the context to configure neighbor discovery parameters.
dad-snooping
Syntax
[no] dad-snooping
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6>nd
config>service>ies>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6>nd
Description
This command allows the router to populate the neighbor discovery table through snooping subscribers’ duplicate address detection messages.
Default
no dad-snooping
neighbor-limit
Syntax
neighbor-limit [1..8]
no neighbor-limit
Context
config>service>vprn>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6>nd
config>service>ies>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6>nd
Description
This command configures the maximum number of neighbors learned.
Parameters
1..8
Specifies the maximum number of neighbors learned.
router-advertisements
Syntax
[no] router-advertisements
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command configures IPv6 router advertisements for this group-interface.
current-hop-limit
Syntax
[no] current-hop-limit limit
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>group-interface>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command configures the hop-limit advertised for this group-interface.
Default
64
Parameters
limit
Specifies the default value to be placed in the current hop limit field in router advertisements sent from this interface.
Values
dns-options
Syntax
[no] dns-options
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command enables the context to configure IPv6 DNS options for SLAAC hosts
include-dns
Syntax
[no] include-dns
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
Description
This command specifies to include the Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) Option as defined in RFC 6106 in IPv6 Router Advertisements for DNS name resolution of IPv6 SLAAC hosts
Default
no include-dns
rdnss-lifetime
Syntax
rdnss-lifetime seconds
rdnss-lifetime infinite
no rdnss-lifetime
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>rtr-adv>dns-opt
Description
Specify the maximum time in seconds that the RDNSS address may be used for name resolution.
Default
rdnss-lifetime 3600
Parameters
seconds
Specifies the time in seconds.
Values
infinite
The RDNSS address can be used permanently.
force-mcast
Syntax
force-mcast [ip] [mac]
no force-mcast
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command configures the multicast router advertisements on this interface, either IP or MAC.
managed-configuration
Syntax
[no] managed-configuration
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command sets or resets managed address configuration flag for this group-interface.
max-advertisement
Syntax
max-advertisement seconds
no max-advertisement
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command specifies the maximum time allowed between sending unsolicited router advertisements from this interface.
Parameters
seconds
Specifies the maximum advertisement interval in seconds for this group-interface.
Values
min-advertisement
Syntax
min-advertisement seconds
no min-advertisement
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command specifies the minimum time allowed between sending unsolicited router advertisements from this interface.
Parameters
seconds
Specifies the minimum advertisement interval in seconds for this group-interface.
Values
mtu
Syntax
mtu bytes
no mtu
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command specifies the value to be placed in link MTU options sent by the router on this interface.
Parameters
bytes
Sets the advertised MTU value in bytes for this group-interface.
Values
other-stateful-configuration
Syntax
[no] other-stateful-configuration
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command sets and resets the other-stateful-configuration flag for this group-interface.
prefix-options
Syntax
[no] prefix-options
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command enables the context to configure prefix options for this group-interface.
autonomous
Syntax
[no] autonomous
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
Description
This command enables or disables the option that determines whether or not the prefix can be used for stateless address autoconfiguration.
on-link
Syntax
[no] on-link
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
Description
This command specifies whether the prefix will be assigned to an interface on the specified link.
preferred-lifetime
Syntax
preferred-lifetime seconds
preferred-lifetime infinite
no preferred-lifetime
reachable-time
Syntax
reachable-time milli-seconds
no reachable-time
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command configures the value to be placed in the reachable time field in router advertisement messages sent from this interface.
Default
0
Parameters
milli-seconds
Specifies the reachable time in milli-seconds for advertisements from this group-interface.
Values
retransmit-time
Syntax
retransmit-time milli-seconds
no retransmit-time
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command configures the value to be placed in the retransmit timer field in router advertisements sent from this interface.
Default
0
Parameters
milli-seconds
Specifies the retransmit time in milli-seconds for advertisement from this group-interface.
Values
router-lifetime
Syntax
router-lifetime seconds
router-lifetime no-default-router
no router-lifetime
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-adv
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command configures the value to be placed in the router lifetime field of router advertisements sent from this interface.
Default
4500
Parameters
seconds
Specifies the router lifetime in seconds for this group-interface.
Values
no-default-router
Specifies that the router is not to be used as a default router.
router-solicit
Syntax
router-solicit
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command enables the context to configure parameters used for router-solicit based authentication.
inactivity-timer
Syntax
inactivity-timer [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no inactivity-timer
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command specifies the time before an inactive host is removed.
Default
no interactive-timer
Parameters
infinite
An idle host is never removed.
days days
An idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified days.
hrs hours
An idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified hours.
min minutes
An idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified minutes.
sec seconds
An idle host is removed if idle within the number of specified seconds.
min-auth-interval
Syntax
min-auth-interval [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no min-auth-interval
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command specify the minimum interval between two consecutive authentication attempts from the same host.
Default
no min-auth-interval
Parameters
days days
The number of days that a user must wait for the next authentication attempt.
hrs hours
The number of hours that a user must wait for the next authentication attempt.
min minutes
The number of minutes that a user must wait for the next authentication attempt.
sec seconds
The number of seconds that a user must wait for the next authentication attempt.
user-db
Syntax
[no] user-db
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command enables the use of the local-user-database for authentication.
Default
no user-db
Parameters
local-user-db-name
Specifies the name of the local-user-database to authenticate the router-solicit. The local-user-database can also return a static prefix or a pool name for address assignment.
shutdown
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>rtr-sol
Description
This command enables or disables SLAAC triggered host creation.
Default
no shutdown
local-proxy-arp
Syntax
[no] local-proxy-arp
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command enables local proxy ARP. When local proxy ARP is enabled on an IP interface, the system responds to all ARP requests for IP addresses belonging to the subnet with its own MAC address, and thus will become the forwarding point for all traffic between hosts in that subnet.
When local-proxy-arp is enabled, ICMP redirects on the ports associated with the service are automatically blocked.
Default
no local-proxy-arp
mask-reply
Syntax
[no] mask-reply
Context
config>service>ies>if>icmp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command enables responses to Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) mask requests on the router interface.
If a local node sends an ICMP mask request to the router interface, the mask-reply command configures the router interface to reply to the request.
By default, the router instance will reply to mask requests.
The no form of this command disables replies to ICMP mask requests on the router interface.
Default
mask-reply
proxy-arp-policy
Syntax
[no] proxy-arp-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command configures a proxy ARP policy for the interface.
The no form of this command disables the proxy ARP capability.
Default
no proxy-arp-policy
Parameters
policy-name
The export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
The specified name(s) must already be defined.
 
redirects
Syntax
redirects [number seconds]
no redirects
Context
config>service>ies>if>icmp
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command configures the rate for Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) redirect messages issued on the router interface.
When routes are not optimal on this router and another router on the same subnetwork has a better route, the router can issue an ICMP redirect to alert the sending node that a better route is available.
The redirects command enables the generation of ICMP redirects on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP redirects is issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of redirect messages that can be issued on the interface for a given time interval.
By default, generation of ICMP redirect messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval. (Default: redirects 100 10)
The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp redirects on the router interface.
Default
redirects 100 10 — Maximum of 100 redirect messages in 10 seconds.
Parameters
number
The maximum number of ICMP redirect messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the second parameter.
Values
seconds
The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP redirect messages that can be issued.
Values
remote-proxy-arp
Syntax
[no] remote-proxy-arp
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>vprn>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command enables remote proxy ARP on the interface.
Remote proxy ARP is similar to proxy ARP. It allows the router to answer an ARP request on an interface for a subnet that is not provisioned on that interface. This allows the router to forward to the other subnet on behalf of the requester. To distinguish remote proxy ARP from local proxy ARP, local proxy ARP performs a similar function but only when the requested IP is on the receiving interface.
Default
no remote-proxy-arp
static-arp
Syntax
static-arp ip-address ieee-mac-address
no static-arp ip-address ieee-mac-address
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>vprn>interface
Description
This command configures a static address resolution protocol (ARP) entry associating a subscriber IP address with a MAC address for the core router instance. This static ARP will appear in the core routing ARP table. A static ARP can only be configured if it exists on the network attached to the IP interface.
If an entry for a particular IP address already exists and a new MAC address is configured for the IP address, the existing MAC address will be replaced with the new MAC address.
The no form of this command removes a static ARP entry.
Default
none
Parameters
ip-address
Specifies the IP address for the static ARP in IP address dotted decimal notation.
ieee-mac-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
ttl-expired
Syntax
ttl-expired number seconds
no ttl-expired
Context
config>service>ies>if>icmp
Description
This command configures the rate Internet Control Message Protocol. (ICMP) TTL expired messages are issued by the IP interface.
By default, generation of ICMP TTL expired messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the limiting the rate of TTL expired messages on the router interface.
Default
ttl-expired 100 10
Parameters
number
The maximum number of ICMP TTL expired messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values
seconds
The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP TTL expired messages that can be issued, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values
unreachables
Syntax
unreachables [number seconds]
no unreachables
Context
config>service>ies>if>icmp
Description
This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination unreachable messages issued on the router interface.
The unreachables command enables the generation of ICMP destination unreachables on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP unreachables is issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of destination unreachable messages which can be issued on the interface for a given time interval.
By default, generation of ICMP destination unreachables messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.
The no form of this command disables the generation of icmp destination unreachables on the router interface.
Default
unreachables 100 10
Parameters
number
The maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values
seconds
The time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable messages that can be issued.
Values
 
Interface IPv6 Commands
ipv6
Syntax
[no] ipv6
Context
config>service>ies>interface
config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if
Description
This command enables the context to configure IPv6 for an interface.
address
Syntax
address ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64]
no address ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description
This command assigns an IPv6 address to the IES interface.
Parameters
ipv6-address/prefix-length
Specify the IPv6 address on the interface.
Values
eui-64
When the eui-64 keyword is specified, a complete IPv6 address from the supplied prefix and 64-bit interface identifier is formed. The 64-bit interface identifier is derived from MAC address on Ethernet interfaces. For interfaces without a MAC address, for example ATM interfaces, the Base MAC address of the chassis is used.
default-dns
Syntax
default-dns ipv6-address [secondary ipv6-address]
no default-dns
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
Description
Configure last resort IPv6 DNS addresses that can be used for name resolution by IPoEv6 hosts (IA_NA, IA_PD and SLAAC) and PPPoEv6 hosts (IA_NA, IA_PD and SLAAC).
Default
no default-dns
Parameters
ipv6-addres
s - IPv6 address of the primary DNS server.
secondary ipv6-address
IPv6 address of the secondary DNS server (optional).
address
Syntax
address ipv6-address/prefix-length [pd] [wan-host] [track-srrp srrp-instance] [holdup-time milli-seconds]
no address ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context
config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command assigns an IPv6 address/subnet to the subscriber interface. Note that SRRP is not supported for IPv6 subscriber interface.
Default
none
Parameters
ipv6-address
Specifies the 128-bit IPv6 address.
Values
prefix-length
Specifies the length of any associated aggregate prefix.
Values
pd
Specifies that this aggregate is used by IPv6 ESM hosts for DHCPv6 prefix-delegation.
wan-host
Specifies that this aggregate is used by IPv6 ESM hosts for DHCPv6 addresses or by a routing gateway’s WAN interface.
allow-unmatching-prefixes
Syntax
[no] allow-unmatching-prefixes
Context
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
configure>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command allows address assignments for IPoEv6 and PPPoEv6 hosts in cases where the subscriber host assigned IPv6 address or prefix falls outside of the subscriber-prefix range explicitly configured for the subscriber-interface ( configure>service>vprn/ies>sub-if>ipv6> or the subscriber-prefix is not configured at all.
SLAAC hosts will be installed in the FIB as /64 entries, the length of the installed DHCP-PD prefix will be dictated by the prefix-length and the DHCP-NA host will be installed as /128 entries.
IPv4 subscriber hosts are unaffected by this command.
Default
no allow-unmatching-prefixes
auto-reply
Syntax
[no] auto-reply
Context
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
configure>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command assists IP-only static hosts to resolve their default gateway and MAC. By default, the BNG anti-spoof filter drops packets from unknown hosts. The auto-reply features first allow hosts to resolve their default gateway and afterwards allow them to forward traffic. Using the data traffic, the BNG can utilize the data-trigger mechanism to learn the host’s MAC and populate the full IP+MAC static host entry.
Default
no auto-reply
neighbor-solicitation
Syntax
[no] neighbor-solicitation
Context
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>auto-reply
configure>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>auto-reply
Description
This command enables auto-reply for neighbor solitation.
The no form of the command disables auto-reply.
router-solicitation
Syntax
[no] router-solicitation
Context
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>auto-reply
configure>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>auto-reply
Description
This command enables auto-reply router solitation.
The no form of the command disables router-solitcitation.
delegated-prefix-length
Syntax
delegated-prefix-length bits
delegated-prefix-length variable
no delegated-prefix-length
Context
configure>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
configure>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command configures the subscriber-interface level setting for delegated prefix length. The delegated prefix length for a subscriber- interface can be either set to a fixed value that is explicitly configured under the subscriber-interface CLI hierarchy or a variable value that can be obtained from various sources. This command can be changed only when no IPv6 prefixes are configured under the subscriber-interface.
Default
no delegated-prefix-length This means that the delegated prefix length is 64.
Parameters
bits
The delegated prefix length in bits. This value will beapplicable to the entire subscriber-interface. In case that the delegated prefix length is also supplied via other means (LUDB, RADIUS or DHCP Server), such supplied value must match the value configured under the subscriber-interface. Otherwise the prefix instantiation in 7x50 will fail.
Values
variable
The delegated prefix value can be of any length between 48..64. The value itself can vary between the prefixes and it will be provided at the time of prefix instantiation. The order of priority for the source of the delegated prefix length is:
subscriber-prefixes
Syntax
[no] subscriber-prefixes
Context
config>services>ies>sub-if>ipv6
config>services>vprn>sub-if>ipv6
Description
This command specifies aggregate off-link subscriber prefixes associated with this subscriber interface. Individual prefixes are specified under the prefix context list aggregate routes in which the next-hop is indirect via the subscriber interface.
prefix
Syntax
prefix ipv6-address/prefix-length [pd] [wan-host]
no prefix ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context
config>services>ies>sub-if>ipv6>sub-prefixes
config>services>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>sub-prefixes
Description
This command allows a list of prefixes(using the prefix command multiple times) to be routed to hosts associated with this subscriber interface. Each prefix will be represented in the associated FIB with a reference to the subscriber interface. Prefixes are defined as being for prefix delegation (pd) or use on a WAN interface or host (wan-host).
Parameters
ipv6-address
Specifies the 128-bit IPv6 address.
Values
prefix-length
Specifies the length of any associated aggregate prefix.
Values
pd
Specifies that this aggregate is used by IPv6 ESM hosts for DHCPv6 prefix-delegation.
wan-host
Specifies that this aggregate is used by IPv6 ESM hosts for local addressing or by a routing gateway’s WAN interface.
dhcp6-relay
Syntax
[no] dhcp6-relay
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description
This command enables the context to configure DHCPv6 relay parameters for the IES interface.
The no form of the command disables DHCP6 relay.
lease-populate
Syntax
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] na [ta]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate pd [na] [ta] [exclude]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] [na] ta
no lease-populate
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of DHCPv6 lease states allocated by the DHCPv6 relay function, allowed on this interface.
Optionally, by specifying “route-populate” parameter, system could:
These routes could be redistributed into IGP/BGP by using route-policy, following protocol types that could be used in “from protocol”:
The no form of the command disables dynamic host lease state management.
Default
no lease-populate
Parameters
nbr-of-leases
Defines the number lease state table entries allowed for this interface. If this parameter is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCP6 ACK messages are discarded.
Values
route-populate
Create routes based on options in relay-reply messages.
Values
neighbor-resolution
Syntax
[no] neighbor-resolution
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description
This command enables neighbor resolution with DHCPv6 relay.
The no form of the command disables neighbor resolution.
remote-id
Syntax
[no] remote-id
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option
Description
This command enables the sending of remote ID option in the DHCPv6 relay packet.
The client DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID) is used as the remote ID.
option
Syntax
[no] option
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay
Description
This command enables the context to configure DHCPv6 relay information options.
The no form of the command disables DHCPv6 relay information options.
interface-id
Syntax
interface-id
interface-id ascii-tuple
interface-id ifindex
interface-id sap-id
no interface-id
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6>option
Description
This command enables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet.
The no form of the command disables the sending of interface ID options in the DHCPv6 relay packet
Parameters
ascii-tuple
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple will be used which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name, separated by “|”.
ifindex
Specifies that the interface index will be used. (The If Index of a router interface can be displayed using the command show>router>interface>detail)
sap-id
Specifies that the SAP identifier will be used.
The no form of the command disables the sending of remote ID option in the DHCPv6 relay packet.
icmp6
Syntax
icmp6
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description
This command configures ICMPv6 parameters for the interface.
packet-too-big
Syntax
packet-too-big [number seconds]
no packet-too-big
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>icmp6
Description
This command specifies whether “packet-too-big” ICMP messages should be sent. When enabled, ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages are generated by this interface.
The no form of the command disables the sending of ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages.
Default
100 10
Parameters
number
Specifies the number of “packet-too-big” ICMP messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values
Default
seconds
Specifies the time frame in seconds that is used to limit the number of “packet-too-big” ICMP messages issued.
Values
Default
param-problem
Syntax
param-problem [number seconds]
no packet-too-big
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>icmp6
Description
This command specifies whether “parameter-problem” ICMP messages should be sent. When enabled', “parameter-problem” ICMP messages are generated by this interface.
The no form of the command disables the sending of “parameter-problem” ICMP messages.
Default
100 10
number
Specifies the number of “parameter-problem” ICMP messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values
Default
seconds
Specifies the time frame in seconds that is used to limit the number of “parameter-problem” ICMP messages issued.
Values
Default
redirects
Syntax
redirects [number seconds]
no redirects
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>icmp6
Description
This command configures ICMPv6 redirect messages. When enabled, ICMPv6 redirects are generated when routes are not optimal on this router and another router on the same subnetwork has a better route in order to alert that node that a better route is available.
When disabled, ICMPv6 redirects are not generated.
Default
100 10
number
Specifies the number of version 6 redirects are to be issued in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values
Default
seconds
Specifies the time frame in seconds that is used to limit the number of version 6 redirects issued.
Values
Default
time-exceeded
Syntax
time-exceeded [number seconds]
no time-exceeded
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>icmp6
Description
This command specifies whether “time-exceeded” ICMP messages should be sent. When enabled, ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages are generated by this interface.
When disabled, ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages are not sent.
Default
100 10
number
Specifies the number of “time-exceeded” ICMP messages are to be issued in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values
Default
seconds
Specifies the time frame in seconds that is used to limit the number of “time-exceeded” ICMP message to be issued.
Values
Default
unreachables
Syntax
unreachables [number seconds]
no unreachables
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6>icmp6
Description
This command specifies that ICMPv6 host and network unreachable messages are generated by this interface.
When disabled, ICMPv6 host and network unreachable messages are not sent.
Default
100 10
number
Specifies the number of destination unreachable ICMPv6 messages are issued in the time
frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values
Default
seconds
Specifies the time frame in seconds that is used to limit the number of destination unreachable ICMPv6 messages to be issued.
Values
Default
local-proxy-nd
Syntax
[no] local-proxy-nd
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description
When this command is enabled, the interface will reply to neighbor solicitation requests when both the hosts are on the same subnet. In this case, ICMP redirects will be disabled. When this command is disabled, the interface will not reply to neighbor solicitation requests if both the hosts are on the same subnet.
Default
disabled
neighbor
Syntax
neighbor ipv6-address mac-address
no neighbor ipv6-address
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description
This command configures IPv6-to-MAC address mapping on the IES interface.
Parameters
ipv6-address
The IPv6 address of the interface for which to display information.
Values
mac-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the IPv6-to-MAC address mapping in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
proxy-nd-policy
Syntax
proxy-nd-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
no proxy-nd-policy
Context
config>service>ies>if>ipv6
Description
This command configures a proxy neighbor discovery policy for the interface. This policy determines networks and sources for which proxy ND will be attempted, when local proxy neighbor discovery is enabled.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no proxy-nd-policy
Parameters
policy-name
The export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters excluding double quotes. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
The specified name(s) must already be defined.
 
Show Commands
egress-label
Syntax
egress-label egress-label1 [egress-label2]
Context
show>service
Description
Display services using the range of egress labels.
If only the mandatory egress-label1 parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.
If both egress-label1 and egress-label2 parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where egress-label1 <= X <= egress-label2 are displayed.
Use the show router ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.
Parameters
egress-label1
The starting egress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only egress-label1 is specified, services only using egress-label1 are displayed.
Values
egress-label2
The ending egress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Default
The egress-label1 value.
Values
Output
Show Service Egress Command Output
The following table describes show service egress label output fields.
 
 
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service egress-label 0 10000
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels                                                         
==============================================================================
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                              
...
1          107:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          108:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          300:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          301:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          302:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          400:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          500:2              Spok 131070       2001                           
1          501:1              Mesh 131069       2000                           
100        300:100            Spok 0            0                              
200        301:200            Spok 0            0                              
300        302:300            Spok 0            0                              
400        400:400            Spok 0            0                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 23                                                  
==============================================================================
A:ALA-12#
fdb-info
Syntax
fdb-info
Context
show>service
Description
This command displays global FDB usage information.
Output
Show FDB-Info Command Output
The following table describes show FDB-Info command output.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service fdb-info
===============================================================================
Forwarding Database (FDB) Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 700                 Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Aging         : Enabl               Relearn Only      : False
 
Service Id        : 725                 Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Learning      : Enabl               Discard Unknown   : Dsabl
Mac Aging         : Enabl               Relearn Only      : False
 
Service Id        : 740                 Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Learning      : Enabl               Discard Unknown   : Dsabl
Mac Aging         : Enabl               Relearn Only      : False
...
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Service FDBs : 7
Total FDB Configured Size : 1750
Total FDB Entries In Use  : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
fdb-mac
Syntax
fdb-mac ieee-address
Context
show>service
Description
Displays the FDB entry for a given MAC address.
Parameters
ieee-address
The 48-bit MAC address for which to display the FDB entry in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Output
Show FDB-MAC Command Output
The following table describes the show FDB MAC command output fields:
 
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service fdb-mac 00:99:00:00:00:00
==============================================================================
Services Using Forwarding Database Mac 00:99:00:00:00:00                       
==============================================================================
ServId  MAC                           Source-Identifier         Type/Age Last Change            
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1       00:99:00:00:00:00             sap:1/2/7:0               Static           
==============================================================================
A:ALA-12#
ingress-label
Syntax
ingress-label ingress-label1 [ingress-label2]
Context
show>service
Description
Display services using the range of ingress labels.
If only the mandatory ingress-label1 parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.
If both ingress-label1 and ingress-label2 parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where ingress-label1 <= X <= ingress-label2 are displayed.
Use the show router vprn-service-id ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.
Parameters
ingress-label1
The starting ingress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only ingress-label1 is specified, services only using ingress-label1 are displayed.
Values
ingress-label2
The ending ingress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Default
The ingress-label1 value.
Values
Output
Show Service Ingress Label
The following table describes show service ingress label output fields:
 
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service ingress label 0
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels                                                         
==============================================================================
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          50:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          101:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          102:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          103:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          104:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          105:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          106:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          107:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          108:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          300:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          301:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          302:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          400:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          500:2              Spok 131070       2001                           
1          501:1              Mesh 131069       2000                           
100        300:100            Spok 0            0                              
200        301:200            Spok 0            0                              
300        302:300            Spok 0            0                              
400        400:400            Spok 0            0                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 23                                                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:ALA-12# 
sap-using
Syntax
sap-using [sap sap-id]
sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
sap-using [ingress | egress] atm-td-profile td-profile-id
sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
sap-using [ingress | egress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
sap-using authentication-policy auth-plcy-name
Context
show>service
Description
Displays SAP information.
If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all defined SAPs.
The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the specified properties.
Parameters
ingress
Specifies matching an ingress policy.
egress
Specifies matching an egress policy.
qos-policy qos-policy-id
The ingress or egress QoS Policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
Values
atm-td-profile td-profile-id
Displays SAPs using this traffic description.
filter filter-id
The ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
Values
authentication auth-plcy-name
The session authentication policy for which to display matching SAPs.
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
interface
Specifies matching SAPs with the specified IP interface.
ip-addr
The IP address of the interface for which to display matching SAPs.
Values
ip-int-name
The IP interface name for which to display matching SAPs.
Output
Show Service SAP
The following table describes show service SAP output fields:
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service sap-using sap 1/1
==============================================================================
Service Access Points                                                          
==============================================================================
PortId         SvcId      SapMTU I.QoS I.Mac/IP E.QoS E.Mac/IP A.Pol  Adm  Opr 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/7:0        1          1518   10    8        10    none     none   Up   Up  
1/1/11:0       100        1514   1     none     1     none     none   Down Down
1/1/7:300      300        1518   10    none     10    none     1000   Up   Up  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 3                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:ALA-12# 
sdp
Syntax
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Description
Displays information for the SDPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.
Parameters
sdp-id
Displays only information for the specified SDP ID.
Default
Values
far-end ip-addr
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default
detail
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output
Show Service-ID SDP
The following table describes show service-id SDP output fields:
 
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 700 sdp 2
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 2)
===============================================================================
SdpId            Type IP address      Adm     Opr       I.Lbl       E.Lbl
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2:222            Spok 10.10.10.104    Up      Down      0           0
2:700            Mesh 10.10.10.104    Up      Down      0           0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
sdp-using
Syntax
sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]
Context
show>service
Description
Display services using SDP or far-end address options.
Parameters
sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit identifier.
Values
far-end ip-address
Displays only services matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default
Output
Show Service SDP Using X
The following table describes sdp-using output fields.
Sample Output
A:ALA-1# show service sdp-using 300
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 300)
===============================================================================
SvcId       SdpId               Type Far End        Opr State I.Label  E.Label
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1           300:1               Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131071   131071
2           300:2               Spok 10.0.0.13      Up        131070   131070
100         300:100             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131069   131069
101         300:101             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131068   131068
102         300:102             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131067   131067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 5
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1#
service-using
Syntax
service-using [ies] [vpls] [vprn] [sdp sdp-id]
Context
show>service
Description
This command displays the services matching certain usage properties.
If no optional parameters are specified, all services defined on the system are displayed.
Parameters
ies
Displays matching IES instances.
vpls
Displays matching VPLS instances.
vprn
Displays matching VPRN instances.
sdp sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Default
Values
Output
Show Service Service-Using
The following table describes show service-using output fields:
 
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>service# service-using vpls
==============================================================================
Services [vpls]
===============================================================================
ServiceId    Type      Adm    Opr        CustomerId        Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
700          VPLS      Up     Down       7                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
725          VPLS      Down   Down       7                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
740          VPLS      Down   Down       1                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
750          VPLS      Down   Down       7                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
1730         VPLS      Down   Down       1730              04/11/2007 09:36:36
9000         VPLS      Up     Down       6                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
90001        VPLS      Up     Down       6                 04/11/2007 09:36:36
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 7
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service#
active-subscribers
Syntax
active-subscribers detail
active-subscribers mirror
active-subscribers summary
Context
show>service
Description
This command displays active subscriber information.
Parameters
summary
Displays active subscriber information in a brief format.
detail
Displays detailed output.
Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub1 (hpolSubProf2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.194
                00:01:00:00:03:c1 1         IPCP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.35
                00:01:00:00:03:22 N/A       ARP-Host
200.1.4.195
                00:01:00:00:03:c2 1         IPCP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub16 (hpolSubProf1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:[lag-1:2000.2] - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.224
                00:01:00:00:03:df 1         IPCP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub2 (hpolSubProf1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.196
                00:01:00:00:03:c3 1         IPCP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of active subscribers : 3
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
credit-control
Syntax
credit-control credit-control [subscriber sub-ident-string]
credit-control out-of-credit [action action] [summary]
Context
show>service>active-subscribers
Description
This command displays active subscriber credit control information.
filter
Syntax
filter [subscriber sub-ident-string] [origin origin]
Context
show>service>active-subscribers
Description
This command displays active subscriber filter information.
hierarchy
Syntax
hierarchy [subscriber sub-ident-string]
Context
show>service>active-subscribers
Description
This command displays active subscriber hierarchy information.
host-tracking
Syntax
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string]
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] detail
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] summary
host-tracking [subscriber sub-ident-string] statistics
Context
show>service>active-subscribers
Description
This command displays active subscriber host tracking information.
groups
Syntax
groups [group group-ip-address]
groups group group-ip-address] detail
groups group group-ip-address] summary
Context
show>service>active-subscribers
Description
This command displays active subscriber host tracking groups information.
igmp
Syntax
igmp [subscriber sub-ident-string][detail]
Context
show>service>active-subscribers
Description
This command displays active subscriber IGMP information.
Sample Output
*B:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers igmp 
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers 
===============================================================================
Subscriber                       IGMP-Policy                     
  HostAddr                       GrpItf                           NumGroups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sub_1                            pol1                            
  112.112.1.1                    gi_1_1                           1
  112.112.1.2                    gi_1_1                           2
sub_2                            pol1                            
  112.112.1.3                    gi_1_2                           0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Subscribers : 2
===============================================================================
*B:Dut-C#
 
 
*B:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers igmp detail 
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers Detail
===============================================================================
Subscriber                       IGMP-Policy                     
  HostAddr                       GrpItf                           NumGroups
    GrpAddr                      Type            Up-Time          Mode
      SrcAddr                    Type                             Blk/Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sub_1                            pol1                            
  112.112.1.1                    gi_1_1                           1
    225.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:53      Include
      11.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Fwd
      11.11.0.2                  Dynamic                          Fwd
  112.112.1.2                    gi_1_1                           2
    225.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:44      Exclude
      11.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
    225.0.0.2                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:44      Exclude
      11.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
sub_2                            pol1                            
  112.112.1.3                    gi_1_2                           0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Subscribers : 2             
===============================================================================
*B:Dut-C# 
 
*B:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers igmp subscriber "sub_1" detail 
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers Detail
===============================================================================
Subscriber                       IGMP-Policy                     
  HostAddr                       GrpItf                           NumGroups
    GrpAddr                      Type            Up-Time          Mode
      SrcAddr                    Type                             Blk/Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sub_1                            pol1                            
  112.112.1.1                    gi_1_1                           1
    225.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:01:04      Include
      11.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Fwd
      11.11.0.2                  Dynamic                          Fwd
  112.112.1.2                    gi_1_1                           2
    225.0.0.1                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:55      Exclude
      11.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
    225.0.0.2                    Dynamic         0d 00:00:55      Exclude
      11.11.0.1                  Dynamic                          Blk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Subscribers : 1
===============================================================================
B:Dut-C# 
subscriber
Syntax
subscriber sub-ident-string
subscriber sub-ident-string detail
subscriber sub-ident-string mirror
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name detail
subscriber sub-ident-string sap sap-id sla-profile sla-profile-name mirror
Context
show>service>active-subscribers
Description
This command displays active subscriber information for a subscriber.
Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers subscriber "hpolSub1"
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub1 (hpolSubProf2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.194
                00:01:00:00:03:c1 1         IPCP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.35
                00:01:00:00:03:22 N/A       ARP-Host
200.1.4.195
                00:01:00:00:03:c2 1         IPCP
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers subscriber "hpolSub1" 
sap lag-1:2000.1 sla-profile "hpolSlaProf2"
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub1 (hpolSubProf2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance sap:lag-1:2000.1 - sla:hpolSlaProf2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.35
                00:01:00:00:03:22 N/A       ARP-Host
200.1.4.195
                00:01:00:00:03:c2 1         IPCP
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# 
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service active-subscribers subscriber "hpolSub1" 
sap lag-1:2000.1 sla-profile "hpolSlaProf1" detail
===============================================================================
Active Subscribers
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscriber hpolSub1 (hpolSubProf2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Sched. Policy : N/A
E. Sched. Policy : N/A                              E. Agg Rate Limit: 6071693
I. Policer Ctrl. : N/A
E. Policer Ctrl. : N/A
Q Frame-Based Ac*: Disabled
Acct. Policy     : N/A                              Collect Stats    : Disabled
Rad. Acct. Pol.  : hpolRadAcctPol
Dupl. Acct. Pol. : N/A
ANCP Pol.        : N/A
HostTrk Pol.     : N/A
IGMP Policy      : N/A
Sub. MCAC Policy : N/A
NAT Policy       : N/A
Def. Encap Offset: none                             Encap Offset Mode: auto
Avg Frame Size   : 120
Sub. ANCP-String : "hpolSub1"
Sub. Int Dest Id : "2000"
Host Trk Rate Adj: N/A
RADIUS Rate-Limit: 10220541
Oper-Rate-Limit  : 10220541
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) SLA Profile Instance
    - sap:lag-1:2000.1 (VPRN 2000 - grp-Vprn-1)
    - sla:hpolSlaProf1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description          : SLA Profile Id hpolSlaProf1
Host Limit           : No Limit
Ingress Qos-Policy   : 2                      Egress Qos-Policy : 2 (vport)
Ingress Queuing Type : Service-queuing (non policer)
Ingr IP Fltr-Id      : n/a                    Egr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id    : n/a                    Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
Ingress Report-Rate  : N/A
Egress Report-Rate   : N/A
Egress Remarking     : from Sap Qos
Credit Control Pol.  : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP Address
                MAC Address       PPPoE-SID Origin
--------------------------------------------------------
200.1.4.194
                00:01:00:00:03:c1 1         IPCP
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLA Profile Instance statistics
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LowPrio          : 0                       0
Off. Uncolor          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats (Ingress QoS Policy 2)
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LowPrio          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats (Egress QoS Policy 2)
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLA Profile Instance per Queue statistics
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Egress Queue 1
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 2
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 3
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 4
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 5
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 6
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 7
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 8
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLA Profile Instance per Policer statistics
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Ingress Policer 1 (Stats mode: minimal)
Off. All              : 0                       0
Dro. All              : 0                       0
For. All              : 0                       0
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
show>service
Description
Enables the context to display information for a particular service-id.
Parameters
service-id
The unique service identification number that identifies the service in the service domain.
all
Displays detailed information about the service.
arp
Displays ARP entries for the service.
arp-host
Displays ARP host related information.
base
Displays basic service information.
fdb
Displays FDB entries.
host
Displays static hosts configured on the specified service.
labels
Displays labels being used by this service.
sap
Displays SAPs associated to the service.
sdp
Displays SDPs associated with the service.
split-horizon-group
Display split horizon group information.
stp
Displays STP information.
all
Syntax
all
Context
show>service>id
Description
Displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.
Output
Show All Service-ID Output
The following table describes the show all service-id command output fields:
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 9000 all
===============================================================================
Service Detailed Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 9000                Vpn Id            : 0
Service Type      : VPLS
Description       : This is a distributed VPLS.
Customer Id       : 6                   Last Mgmt Change  : 01/18/2007 10:31:58
Adm               : Up                  Oper              : Down
MTU               : 1514                Def. Mesh VC Id   : 750
SAP Count         : 1                   SDP Bind Count    : 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Split Horizon Group specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Split Horizon Group : splitgroup1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description       : Split horizon group 1
Instance Id       : 1                   Last Changed      : 01/18/2007 10:31:58
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Destination Points(SDPs)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 2:22  -(10.10.10.104)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : GRE-10.10.10.104
SDP Id             : 2:22                     Type              : Spoke
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 0
Far End            : 10.10.10.104             Delivery          : GRE
Flags              : SdpOperDown
                     NoIngVCLabel NoEgrVCLabel
                     PathMTUTooSmall
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 01/18/2007 10:31:58      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
SDP Delivery Mechanism is not MPLS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Blockable
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2049                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Fwd Transitions    : 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Sdp Id 5:750  -(128.251.10.49)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SDP Id             : 5:750                    Type              : Mesh
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 0
Far End            : 128.251.10.49            Delivery          : GRE
Flags              : SdpOperDown
                     NoIngVCLabel NoEgrVCLabel
                     PathMTUTooSmall
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 01/18/2007 10:31:58      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
SDP Delivery Mechanism is not MPLS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Sdp Id 7:750  -(10.10.10.106)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : to-MPLS-10.10.10.49
SDP Id             : 7:750                    Type              : Mesh
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 0
Far End            : 10.10.10.106             Delivery          : MPLS
Flags              : SdpOperDown
                     NoIngVCLabel NoEgrVCLabel
                     PathMTUTooSmall
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 01/18/2007 10:31:58      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name           : to-49
Admin State        : Down                     Oper State        : Down
Time Since Last Tr*: 02h01m08s
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP 1/2/5:0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id         : 9000
SAP                : 1/2/5:0                  Encap             : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype    : 0x8100                   QinQ Ethertype    : 0x8100
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Flags              : PortOperDown
Last Status Change : 04/11/2007 15:56:40                                       
Last Mgmt Change   : 04/11/2007 17:24:54                                       
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit                 Total MAC Addr    : 0            
Learned MAC Addr   : 0                        Static MAC Addr   : 0 
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 1                        Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id  : n/a                      Egress Filter-Id  : n/a
Mac Learning       : Enabled                  Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled     
Mac Aging          : Enabled                                                   
 
Multi Svc Site     : None
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Blockable
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2048                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Forward transitions: 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Forwarding Engine Stats
Dropped               : 0                       0
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LowPrio          : 0                       0
Off. Uncolor          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Ingress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LowPrio          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Egress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Queue stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Ingress Queue 1 (Unicast) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Ingress Queue 11 (Multipoint) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 1
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS Rapid Spanning Tree Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS oper state    : Down                     Core Connectivity : Down
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Mode               : Rstp                     Vcp Active Prot.  : N/A
 
Bridge Id          : 80:01.14:30:ff:00:00:01  Bridge Instance Id: 1
Bridge Priority    : 32768                    Tx Hold Count     : 6
Topology Change    : Inactive                 Bridge Hello Time : 2
Last Top. Change   : 0d 00:00:00              Bridge Max Age    : 20
Top. Change Count  : 0                        Bridge Fwd Delay  : 15
 
Root Bridge        : N/A
Primary Bridge     : N/A
 
Root Path Cost     : 0                        Root Forward Delay: 15
Rcvd Hello Time    : 2                        Root Max Age      : 20
Root Priority      : 32769                    Root Port         : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forwarding Database specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id        : 9000                Mac Move          : Disabled
Mac Move Rate     : 10                  Mac Move Timeout  : 10
Table Size        : 250                 Total Count       : 0
Learned Count     : 0                   Static Count      : 0
Remote Age        : 900                 Local Age         : 300
High WaterMark    : 95%                 Low Watermark     : 90%
Mac Learning      : Enabl               Discard Unknown   : Dsabl
Mac Aging         : Enabl
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
arp
Syntax
arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] | [interface ip-int-name]
Context
show>service>id
Description
Displays the ARP table for the IES instance.
Parameters
ip-address
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified IP address.
Default
mac ieee-address
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Default
sap sap-id
Displays SAP information for the specified SAP ID. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
ip-int-name
The IP interface name for which to display matching ARPs.
Output
Show Service-ID ARP
The following table describes show service-id ARP output fields.
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 2 arp
==============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
==============================================================================
IP Address      MAC Address       Type    Age       Interface         Port     
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
190.11.1.1      00:03:fa:00:08:22 Other   00:00:00  ies-100-190.11.1  1/1/11:0 
==============================================================================
A:ALA-12#
arp-host
Syntax
arp-host [wholesaler service-id] [sap sap-id | interface interface-name | ip-address ip-address[/mask] | mac ieee-address | {[port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id inter-dest-id]}] [detail]
arp-host statistics [sap sap-id | interface interface-name]
arp-host summary [interface interface-name]
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays ARP host related information.
Sample Output
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host 
===============================================================================
ARP host table, service 2
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap Id              Remaining           MC   
                                                      Time                Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
128.128.1.2     00:80:00:00:00:01 2/1/5:2             00h04m41s                
128.128.1.3     00:80:00:00:00:02 2/1/5:2             00h04m42s                
128.128.1.4     00:80:00:00:00:03 2/1/5:2             00h04m43s                
128.128.1.5     00:80:00:00:00:04 2/1/5:2             00h04m44s                
128.128.1.6     00:80:00:00:00:05 2/1/5:2             00h04m45s                
128.128.1.7     00:80:00:00:00:06 2/1/5:2             00h04m46s                
128.128.1.8     00:80:00:00:00:07 2/1/5:2             00h04m47s                
128.128.1.9     00:80:00:00:00:08 2/1/5:2             00h04m48s                
128.128.1.10    00:80:00:00:00:09 2/1/5:2             00h04m49s                
128.128.1.11    00:80:00:00:00:0a 2/1/5:2             00h04m50s                
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of ARP hosts : 10
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host ip-address 128.128.1.2 detail 
===============================================================================
ARP hosts for service 2
===============================================================================
Service ID           : 2                                                       
IP Address           : 128.128.1.2
MAC Address          : 00:80:00:00:00:01                                       
SAP                  : 2/1/5:2                                                 
Remaining Time       : 00h04m58s                                               
 
Sub-Ident            : "alu_1_2"                                               
Sub-Profile-String   : ""                                                      
SLA-Profile-String   : ""                                                      
App-Profile-String   : ""                                                      
ARP host ANCP-String : ""
ARP host Int Dest Id : ""
RADIUS-User-Name     : "128.128.1.2"
 
Session Timeout (s)  : 301                                                     
Start Time           : 02/09/2009 16:35:07                                     
Last Auth            : 02/09/2009 16:36:34                                     
Last Refresh         : 02/09/2009 16:36:38                                     
Persistence Key      : N/A                                                     
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of ARP hosts : 1
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host statistics                    
==============================================================================
ARP host statistics
==============================================================================
Num Active Hosts             : 20                                             
Received Triggers            : 70                                             
Ignored Triggers             : 10                                             
Ignored Triggers (overload)  : 0                                              
SHCV Checks Forced           : 0                                              
Hosts Created                : 20                                             
Hosts Updated                : 40                                             
Hosts Deleted                : 0                                              
Authentication Requests Sent : 40                                             
==============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show service id 2 arp-host summary    
=============================================================
ARP host Summary, service 2
=============================================================
Sap                    Used        Provided    Admin State                     
-------------------------------------------------------------
sap:2/1/5:2            20          8000        inService     
-------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------
=============================================================
*A:Dut-C#
base
Context
show>service>id
This command displays basic information about the service ID including service type, description, SAPs and SDPs.
Output
Show Service-ID Base
The following table describes show service-id base output fields:
 
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id# base
===============================================================================
Service Basic Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 750                 Vpn Id            : 750
Service Type      : VPLS
Description       : Distributed VPLS services.
Customer Id       : 7
Last Status Change: 04/11/2007 09:36:33
Last Mgmt Change  : 04/11/2007 09:36:36
Admin State       : Down                Oper State        : Down
MTU               : 1514                Def. Mesh VC Id   : 750
SAP Count         : 1                   SDP Bind Count    : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access & Destination Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifier                       Type         AdmMTU  OprMTU  Adm     Opr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/7:0                      q-tag        1518    1518    Up      Down
sdp:1:22 S(10.10.10.49)          TLDP         0       0       Up      Down
sdp:8:750 M(10.10.10.104)        TLDP         0       0       Up      Down
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#
fdb
Syntax
fdb [sap sap-id] | [sdp sdp-id] | [mac ieee-address] | [detail]
Context
show>service>id
show>service>fdb-mac
Description
This command displays FDB entry for a given MAC address.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
The SDP identifier.
Values
mac ieee-address
Specifies to display information pertaining to the MAC address.
detail
Displays detailed information.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id# fdb mac 
===============================================================================
Service Forwarding Database
===============================================================================
ServId    MAC               Source-Identifier     Type/Age  Last Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6         00:aa:00:00:00:00 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:01 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:02 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:03 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
6         00:aa:00:00:00:04 sap:lag-2             L/0       04/11/2007 
15:04:31
10        12:12:12:12:12:12 sap:1/1/1:100         S         04/11/2007 
10:03:29
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#
host
Syntax
host [sap sap-id]
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays static hosts configured on this service.
Parameters
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>config>service>vpls>sap# show service id 700 host sap 1/1/9:0
===============================================================================
Static Hosts for service 700
===============================================================================
Sap                         IP Address      Configured MAC    Dynamic MAC
  Subscriber
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/9:0                     10.10.10.104    N/A               N/A
   N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of static hosts : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config>service>vpls>sap#
 
labels
Syntax
labels
Context
show>service>id
Description
Displays the labels being used by the service.
Output
Show Service-ID Labels
The following table describes show service-id labels output fields:
 
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 1 labels
============================================================================== 
Martini Service Labels                                                          
============================================================================== 
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                               
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                               
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                               
1          40:1               Mesh 130081       131061                          
1          60:1               Mesh 131019       131016                          
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Number of Bound SDPs : 6                                                       
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
A:ALA-12#
mfib
Syntax
mfib brief
mfib [group grp-address]
mfib statistics [group grp-address]
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays the multicast FIB on the VPLS service.
Parameters
group grp-ip-address
Displays the multicast FIB for a specific multicast group address.
statistics
Displays statistics on the multicast FIB.
Output
Show Output
The following table describes the command output fields:
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id # mfib
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping MFIB for service 10
===============================================================================
Source Address  Group Address   Sap/Sdp Id             Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*               225.0.0.1       sap:2/1/5:1            Fwd
*               225.0.0.7       sap:2/1/5:7            Fwd 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 2
 
 
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mfib statistics 
===============================================================================
Multicast FIB Statistics, Service 1
===============================================================================
Source Address  Group Address       Matched Pkts          Matched Octets       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*               *                   838                   50280                
11.11.0.0       225.0.0.0           8                     480                  
11.11.0.0       225.0.0.1           0                     0                    
*               * (MLD)             0                     0                    
*               33:33:00:00:00:01   2650                  159000               
*               33:33:00:00:00:02   0                     0                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 6
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
mld-snooping
Syntax
mld-snooping
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays MLD snooping information.
all
Syntax
all
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays detailed information about MLD snooping.
Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping all  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping info for service 1 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Base info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : Up                                                               
Querier     : FE80::12 on SAP 2/1/5                                            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap/Sdp                  Oper    MRtr  Send      Max Num   MVR        Num      
Id                       State   Port  Queries   Groups    From-VPLS  Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/4                Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  Local      0        
sap:2/1/5                Up      Yes   Disabled  No Limit  Local      0        
sdp:31:1                 Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  N/A        0        
sdp:36:1                 Up      No    Disabled  No Limit  N/A        0        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Querier info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Id                  : 2/1/5                                                
IP Address              : FE80::12                                             
Expires                 : 11s                                                  
Up Time                 : 0d 00:05:05                                          
Version                 : 2                                                    
 
General Query Interval  : 10s                                                  
Query Response Interval : 1.0s                                                 
Robust Count            : 2                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Multicast Routers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter
                 Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE80::12
                 2/1/5                  0d 00:05:05    11s       2      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Proxy-reporting DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                 Mode     Up Time        Num Sources   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num   MC    
                                                                   Src   Stdby 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SAP 2/1/5 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num   MC    
                                                                   Src   Stdby 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SDP 31:1 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num Src     
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping SDP 36:1 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num Src     
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Static Source Groups      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Message Type            Received      Transmitted   Forwarded    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         43            0             129          
Group Queries           0             0             0            
Group-Source Queries    0             0             0            
V1 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Reports              4             35            0            
V1 Done                 0             0             0            
Unknown Type            0             N/A           0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad MLD Checksum        : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0
Wrong Version           : 0           
Lcl-Scope Packets       : 0
Rsvd-Scope Packets      : 0
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
MCAC Policy Drops       : 0
MCS Failures            : 0
 
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 0
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops    : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Multicast VPLS Registration info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Admin State  : Up                                                 
 
MVR Admin State           : Down                                               
MVR Policy                : None                                               
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local SAPs/SDPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num Local
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          sap:1/1/4              Up        Local      0        
1          sap:2/1/5              Up        Local      0        
1          sdp:31:1               Up        N/A        0        
1          sdp:36:1               Up        N/A        0        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MVR SAPs (from-vpls=1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num MVR  
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No MVR SAPs found.
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
base
Syntax
base
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays basic MLD snooping information.
mrouters
Syntax
mrouters [detail]
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays all multicast routers.
 
Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping mrouters 
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Multicast Routers for service 1
===============================================================================
MRouter
                 Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE80::12
                 2/1/5                  0d 00:05:55    11s       2      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C#
 
 
*A:rbae_C#  show service id 1 mld-snooping mrouters detail  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Multicast Routers for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter FE80::12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Id                  : 2/1/5                                                
Expires                 : 18s                                                  
Up Time                 : 0d 00:06:28                                          
Version                 : 2                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
===============================================================================
 
mvr
Syntax
mvr
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays multicast VPLS registration information.
port-db
Syntax
port-db sap sap-id
port-db sap sap-id detail
port-db sap sap-id group grp-ipv6-address
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-ipv6-address
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays MLD snooping information related to a specific SAP.
 
Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping port-db sap 1/1/4         
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB for service 1
===============================================================================
Group Address
                Mode    Type    From-VPLS  Up Time        Expires  Num   MC    
                                                                   Src   Stdby 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF04::1
                include dynamic local      0d 00:00:19    0s       1           
FF04::2
                include dynamic local      0d 00:00:18    0s       1           
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
 
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping port-db sap 1/1/4 detail 
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04::1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mode             : include              Type             : dynamic             
Up Time          : 0d 00:00:33          Expires          : 0s                  
Compat Mode      : MLD Version 2                                               
V1 Host Expires  : 0s                                    :                     
MVR From-VPLS    : local                MVR To-SAP       : local               
MC Standby       : no                                                          
-------------------------------------------------------
Source Address
                Up Time      Expires  Type     Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------
2011::1
                0d 00:00:33  20s      dynamic  Fwd              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04::2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mode             : include              Type             : dynamic             
Up Time          : 0d 00:00:32          Expires          : 0s                  
Compat Mode      : MLD Version 2                                               
V1 Host Expires  : 0s                                    :                     
MVR From-VPLS    : local                MVR To-SAP       : local               
MC Standby       : no                                                          
-------------------------------------------------------
Source Address
                Up Time      Expires  Type     Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------
2011::1
                0d 00:00:33  20s      dynamic  Fwd              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
proxy-db
Syntax
proxy-db [detail]
proxy-db group grp-ipv6-address
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays proxy-reporting database entries.
Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping proxy-db  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 1
===============================================================================
Group Address
                 Mode     Up Time        Num Sources   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF04::1
                 include  0d 00:01:01    1             
FF04::2
                 include  0d 00:01:00    1             
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
 
 
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping proxy-db detail  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04::1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:01:03                   Mode : include                         
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Address                                                 Up Time
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011::1                                                        0d 00:01:03
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Group FF04::2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:01:02                   Mode : include                         
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Address                                                 Up Time
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011::1                                                        0d 00:01:02
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
querier
Syntax
querier
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays information about the current querier.
Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping querier   
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Querier info for service 1
===============================================================================
Sap Id                  : 2/1/5                                                
IP Address              : FE80::12                                             
Expires                 : 11s                                                  
Up Time                 : 0d 00:13:35                                          
Version                 : 2                                                    
 
General Query Interval  : 10s                                                  
Query Response Interval : 1.0s                                                 
Robust Count            : 2                                                    
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
 
static
Syntax
static [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays MLD snooping static group membership data.
Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping static  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Static Source Groups for service 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MLD Snooping Static Source Groups for SDP 36:1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source                                                                         
                Group                                                          
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011::1
                FF04::2                                                        
*
                FF04::3                                                        
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static (*,G)/(S,G) entries: 2
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
statistics
Syntax
statistics[sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context
show>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command displays MLD snooping statistics.
Sample Output
*A:rbae_C# show service id 1 mld-snooping statistics  
===============================================================================
MLD Snooping Statistics for service 1
===============================================================================
Message Type            Received      Transmitted   Forwarded    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         109           0             327          
Group Queries           0             0             0            
Group-Source Queries    0             0             0            
V1 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Reports              438           87            0            
V1 Done                 0             0             0            
Unknown Type            0             N/A           0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad MLD Checksum        : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0
Wrong Version           : 0
Lcl-Scope Packets       : 0           
Rsvd-Scope Packets      : 0
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
MCAC Policy Drops       : 0
MCS Failures            : 0
 
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 0
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops    : 0
===============================================================================
*A:rbae_C# 
mstp-configuration
Syntax
mstp-configuration
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays the MSTP specific configuration data. This command is only valid on a managment VPLS.
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays information for the SAPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.
Parameters
sap-id
The ID that displays SAP information. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
detail
Displays detailed information for the SAP.
Output
Show Service-ID SAP
The following table describes show service SAP fields:
 
Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value.
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit                 Total MAC Addr    : 0
Learned MAC Addr   : 0                        Static MAC Addr   : 0
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 1                        Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id  : n/a                      Egress Filter-Id  : n/a
Mac Learning       : Enabled                  Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging          : Enabled
 
Multi Svc Site     : West
E. Sched Pol       : SLA1
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#
 
 
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id# sap 1/1/7:0 detail
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id         : 750
SAP                : 1/1/7:0                  Encap             : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype    : 0x8100                   QinQ Ethertype    : 0x8100
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Flags              : PortOperDown
Last Status Change : 04/09/2007 09:23:26
Last Mgmt Change   : 04/09/2007 09:23:28
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit                 Total MAC Addr    : 0
Learned MAC Addr   : 0                        Static MAC Addr   : 0
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 100                      Egress qos-policy : 1
Shared Q plcy      : default                  Multipoint shared : Enabled
Ingr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a                      Egr IP Fltr-Id    : 10
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a                      Egr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a                      Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
tod-suite          : None                     qinq-pbit-marking : both
ARP Reply Agent    : Enabled                  Host Conn Verify  : Enabled
Mac Learning       : Enabled                  Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging          : Enabled                  Mac Pinning       : Disabled
L2PT Termination   : Disabled                 BPDU Translation  : Disabled
 
Multi Svc Site     : None
I. Sched Pol       : SLA1
E. Sched Pol       : SLA1
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
 
Anti Spoofing      : None                     Nbr Static Hosts  : 1
MCAC Policy Name   :                          MCAC Const Adm St : Enable
MCAC Max Unconst BW: no limit                 MCAC Max Mand BW  : no limit
MCAC In use Mand BW: 0                        MCAC Avail Mand BW: unlimited
MCAC In use Opnl BW: 0                        MCAC Avail Opnl BW: unlimited
Auth Policy        : none
Egr MCast Grp      :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Blockable
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2048                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Forward transitions: 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Forwarding Engine Stats
Dropped               : 0                       0
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LowPrio          : 0                       0
Off. Uncolor          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Ingress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LowPrio          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Egress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Queue stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
 
Ingress Queue 1 (Unicast) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Ingress Queue 11 (Multipoint) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Egress Queue 1
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id#
sdp
Syntax
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Description
Displays information for the SDPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.
Parameters
sdp-id
Displays only information for the specified SDP ID.
Default
Values
far-end ip-addr
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default
detail
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output
Show Service-ID SDP
The following table describes show service-id SDP output fields:
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-12#  show service id 9000 sdp 2:22 detail
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 2:22) Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Sdp Id 2:22  -(10.10.10.103)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : GRE-10.10.10.103
SDP Id             : 2:22                     Type              : Spoke
Split Horiz Grp : (DSL-group1
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 4462                     Oper Path MTU     : 4462
Far End            : 10.10.10.103             Delivery          : GRE
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : TLDP Down
Ingress Label      : 0                        Egress Label      : 0
Ingress Filter     : n/a                      Egress Filter     : n/a
Last Changed       : 04/11/2007 11:48:20      Signaling         : TLDP
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
SDP Delivery Mechanism is not MPLS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rstp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Disabled
Rstp Admin State   : Up                       Rstp Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity  : Down
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Discarding
Port Number        : 2049                     Port Priority     : 128
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0
Active Protocol    : N/A
 
Fwd Transitions    : 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 1
===============================================================================
A:ALA-12#
gsmp
Syntax
gsmp
Context
show>service>id
Description
This enables the command to display GSMP information.
neighbors
Syntax
neighbors group [name] [ip-address]
Context
show>service>id>gsmp
Description
This command display GSMP neighbor information.
Parameters
group
A GSMP group defines a set of GSMP neighbors which have the same properties.
name
Specifies a GSMP group name is unique only within the scope of the service in which it is defined.
ip-address
Specifies the ip-address of the neighbor.
Output
Show Service-ID GSMP Neighbors Group
The following table describes show service-id gsmp neighbors group output fields:
 
Sample Output
These commands show the configured neighbors per service, regardless that there exists an open TCP connection with this neighbor. The admin state is shown because for a neighbor to be admin enabled, the service, gsmp node, group node and the neighbor node in this service must all be in 'no shutdown' state. Session gives the number of session (open TCP connections) for each configured neighbor.
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# neighbors
============================================================================
GSMP neighbors
============================================================================
Group                           Neighbor           AdminState  Sessions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dslam1                          192.168.1.2       Enabled     0
dslam1                          192.168.1.3       Enabled     0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of neighbors shown: 2
============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# neighbors group dslam1
============================================================================
GSMP neighbors
============================================================================
Group                           Neighbor           AdminState  Sessions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dslam1                          192.168.1.2       Enabled     0
dslam1                          192.168.1.3       Enabled     0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of neighbors shown: 2
============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp#
 
 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# neighbors group dslam1 192.168.1.2
============================================================================
GSMP neighbors
============================================================================
Group                           Neighbor           AdminState  Sessions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dslam1                          192.168.1.2       Enabled     0
============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp#
sessions
Syntax
sessions [group name] neighbor ip-address] [ port port-number] [association] [statistics]
Context
show>service>id>gsmp
Description
This command displays GSMP sessions information.
Parameters
group
A GSMP group defines a set of GSMP neighbors which have the same properties.
name
Specifies a GSMP group name is unique only within the scope of the service in which it is defined.
ip-address
Specifies the ip-address of the neighbor.
port
Specifies the neighbor TCP port number use for this ANCP session.
Values
association
Displays to what object the ANCP-string is associated.
statistics
Displays statistics information about an ANCP session known to the system.
Output
Show Service-ID GSMP sessions
The following table describes service ID GSMP sessions output fields:
 
Sample Output
This show command gives information about the open TCP connections with DSLAMs.
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions
=======================================================
GSMP sessions for service 999 (VPRN)
=======================================================
Port   Ngbr-IpAddr     Gsmp-Group
-------------------------------------------------------
40590  192.168.1.2     dslam1
-------------------------------------------------------
Number of GSMP sessions : 1
=======================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp#
 
 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590
=========================================================================
GSMP sessions for service 999 (VPRN), neighbor 192.168.1.2, Port 40590
=========================================================================
State           : Established
Peer Instance   : 1                  Sender Instance : a3cf58
Peer Port       : 0                  Sender Port     : 0
Peer Name       : 12:12:12:12:12:12  Sender Name     : 00:00:00:00:00:00
timeouts        : 0                  Max. Timeouts   : 3
Peer Timer      : 100                Sender Timer    : 100
Capabilities      : DTD OAM
Conf Capabilities : DTD OAM
Priority Marking  : dscp nc2
Local Addr.       : 192.168.1.4
Conf Local Addr.  : N/A
=========================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590 association
===============================================================================
ANCP-Strings
===============================================================================
ANCP-String                                                 Assoc. State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No ANCP-Strings found
===============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590 statistics
===============================================================
GSMP session stats, service 999 (VPRN), neigbor 192.168.1.2, Port 40590
===============================================================
Event                                   Received  Transmitted
---------------------------------------------------------------
Dropped                                 0         0
Syn                                     1         1
Syn Ack                                 1         1
Ack                                     14        14
Rst Ack                                 0         0
Port Up                                 0         0
Port Down                               0         0
OAM Loopback                            0         0
===============================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# 
 
Note: The association command gives an overview of each ANCP string received from this session.
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp# sessions neighbor 192.168.1.2 port 40590 association
===============================================================================
ANCP-Strings
===============================================================================
ANCP-String                                                     Assoc. 
State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7330-ISAM-E47 atm 1/1/01/01:19425.64048                         ANCP    Up
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of ANCP-Strings : 1
===============================================================================
A:active>show>service>id>gsmp
host
Syntax
host [sap sap-id] [wholesaler service-id] [port port-id] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [detail]
host [sap sap-id] [wholesaler service-id] [port port-id] no-inter-dest-id [detail]
host summary
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays information about static host configured on this service.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
intermediate-destination-id
Specifies the intermediate destination identifier which is encoded in the identification strings.
Values
summary
Displays summary static host information.
detail
Displays detailed static host information.
wholesaler service-id
The service ID of the wholesaler.
Values
interface
Syntax
interface [{[ip-address|ip-int-name] [interface-type] [detail] [family]}|summary]
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays service interface information.
Parameters
ip-address
Displays information for the specified IP address.
ip-int-name
Displays information for the specified interface name.
detail
Displays detailed interface information.
family family
Specifies to display only information belonging to the address family IPv4 or IPv6. Only these two values will be accepted.
summary
Displays detailed infterface information.
Sample Output
A:cses-E11>config>service>vprn# show service id 10 interface "gi-2-01" detail 
===============================================================================
Interface Table
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name      : gi-2-01
Sub If Name  : si-2                             
Red If Name  :                                  
Admin State  : Up                               Oper (v4/v6)     : Up/Down
Protocols    : None
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description  : (Not Specified)
If Index     : 6                                Virt. If Index   : 6
Last Oper Chg: 11/27/2012 13:19:28              Global If Index  : 380
Mon Oper Grp : None                             
Srrp En Rtng : Disabled                         Hold time        : N/A
Group Port   : 1/1/2
TOS Marking  : Trusted                          If Type          : VPRN Grp
SNTP B.Cast  : False                            
MAC Address  : d2:30:01:01:00:02                Mac Accounting   : Disabled
Ingress stats: Disabled                         
Arp Timeout  : 14400                            IPv6 Nbr ReachTi*: 30
IP Oper MTU  : 1500                             ICMP Mask Reply  : True
Arp Populate : Disabled                         Host Conn Verify : Disabled
Cflowd       : None                             
LdpSyncTimer : None                             
LSR Load Bal*: system                           
uRPF Chk     : disabled                         
uRPF Ipv6 Chk: disabled                         
Rx Pkts      : 0                                Rx Bytes         : 0
Rx V4 Pkts   : 0                                Rx V4 Bytes      : 0
Rx V6 Pkts   : 0                                Rx V6 Bytes      : 0
Tx Pkts      : 32                               Tx Bytes         : 3392
Tx V4 Pkts   : 32                               Tx V4 Bytes      : 3392
Tx V4 Discar*: 0                                Tx V4 Discard By*: 0
Tx V6 Pkts   : 0                                Tx V6 Bytes      : 0
Tx V6 Discar*: 0                                Tx V6 Discard By*: 0
 
Proxy ARP Details
Rem Proxy ARP: Disabled                         Local Proxy ARP  : Disabled
Policies     : none
 
Proxy Neighbor Discovery Details
Local Pxy ND : Disabled
Policies     : none
 
DHCP no local server
 
DHCP Details
Description  : (Not Specified)
Admin State  : Down                             Lease Populate   : 0
Gi-Addr      : Not configured                   Gi-Addr as Src Ip: Disabled
Action       : Keep                             Trusted          : Disabled
 
DHCP Proxy Details
Admin State  : Down
Lease Time   : N/A
Emul. Server : Not configured
 
Subscriber Authentication Details
Auth Policy  : None
 
DHCP6 Relay Details
Description  : (Not Specified)
Admin State  : Down                             Lease Populate   : 0
Oper State   : Down                             Nbr Resolution   : Disabled
If-Id Option : None                             Remote Id        : Disabled
Src Addr     : Not configured
 
DHCP6 Server Details
Admin State  : Down                             Max. Lease States: 8000
 
ISA Tunnel redundant next-hop information
Static Next-*:
Dynamic Next*:
 
ICMP Details
Redirects    : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
Unreachables : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
TTL Expired  : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
 
IPCP Address Extension Details
Peer IP Addr*: Not configured
Peer Pri DNS*: Not configured
Peer Sec DNS*: Not configured
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Qos Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Ing Qos Poli*: (none)                           Egr Qos Policy   : (none)
Ingress FP Q*: (none)                           Egress Port QGrp : (none)
Ing FP QGrp *: (none)                           Egr Port QGrp In*: (none)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces : 1
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
A:cses-E11>config>service>vprn#
 
retailers
Syntax
retailers
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays service retailer information.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 101 retailers
===============================================================================
Retailers for service 101
===============================================================================
Retailer Svc ID               Num Static Hosts         Num Dynamic Hosts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
102                           3                        1
105                           0                        1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of retailers : 2
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#
wholesalers
Syntax
wholesalers
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays service wholesaler information.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 102 wholesalers
===============================================================================
Wholesalers for service 102
===============================================================================
Wholesaler Svc ID             Num Static Hosts         Num Dynamic Hosts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101                           3                        1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of wholesalers : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#
 
Wholesaler information can also be displayed in the lease-state context.
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 105 dhcp lease-state  wholesaler 101
===============================================================================
DHCP lease state table, service 105
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap/Sdp Id          Remaining  Lease    MC
                                                      LifeTime   Origin   Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wholesaler 101 Leases
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
103.3.2.62      00:00:1f:bd:00:c6 lag-1:105           00h00m39s  RADIUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#
split-horizon-group
Syntax
split-horizon-group [group-name]
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays service split horizon groups.
Parameters
group-name
Specifies a group name up to 32 characters in length.
Sample Output
A:ALA-1# show service id 700 split-horizon-group
=============================================================================
Service: Split Horizon Group
=============================================================================
Name                             Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSL-group1                       Split horizon group for DSL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Split Horizon Groups: 1
=============================================================================
A:ALA-1# 
 
A:ALA-1# show service id 700 split-horizon-group DSL-group1
===============================================================================
Service: Split Horizon Group
===============================================================================
Name                             Description                                   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSL-group1                       Split horizon group for DSL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Associations
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP                              1/1/3:1                                       
 
SDP                              108:1                                         
SDP                              109:1 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAPs Associated : 1             SDPs Associated : 2     
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1# 
static-host
Syntax
static-host [sap sap-id] [wholesaler service-id] [port port-id][inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [detail]
static-host [sap sap-id ] [wholesaler service-id ] [port port-id] no-inter-dest-id [detail]
static-host summary
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays Display static hosts configured on this service.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
intermediate-destination-id
Specifies the intermediate destination identifier which is encoded in the identification strings.
Values
summary
Displays summary static host information.
detail
Displays detailed static host information.
wholesaler service-id
The service ID of the wholesaler.
Values
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 static-host
===============================================================================
Static Hosts for service 88
===============================================================================
Sap                         IP Address      Configured MAC    Dynamic MAC
  Subscriber                                  Admin State       Fwding State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/20:0                    10.10.10.104    N/A               N/A
   N/A                                        Down              Not Fwding
3/2/4:50/5                  143.144.145.1   N/A               N/A
   N/A                                        Up                Fwding
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of static hosts : 2
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
stp
Syntax
stp [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Description
Displays information for the spanning tree protocol instance for the service.
Parameters
detail
Displays detailed information.
Output
Show Service-ID STP Output
The following table describes show service-id STP output fields:
Sample Output
A:ALA-12# show service id 1 stp
============================================================================== 
Spanning Tree Information                                                       
============================================================================== 
VPLS Spanning Tree Information                                                  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSTP Admin State  : Up                  RSTP Oper State   : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Bridge-id         : 04:67:ff:00:00:01
                                                                                
Hold Timer        : 1                   Bridge fwd delay  : 15                  
Bridge Hello time : 1                   Bridge max age    : 20                  
Bridge priority   : 1                   Topology change   : Inactive            
Last Top. change  : 0d 00:00:00         Top. change count : 0                   
                                                                                
Root bridge-id    : 00:03:fa:00:00:00                                           
                                                                                
Root path cost    : 1                   Root forward delay: 15                  
Root hello time   : 1                   Root max age      : 20                  
Root priority     : 0                   Root port         : vcp                 
                                                                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
Spanning Tree Specifics                                                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
SAP Identifier    : 1/1/7:0             RSTP State        : Down                
STP Port State    : Forwarding          BPDU encap        : dot1d               
Port Number       : 2048                Priority          : 128                 
Cost              : 10                  Fast Start        : Disabled            
Designated Port   : 34816               Designated Bridge : 02:fa:00:04:54:01   
============================================================================== 
A:ALA-12#
authentication
Syntax
authentication
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command enables the context to show session authentication information.
statistics
Syntax
statistics [policy name] [sap sap-id]
Context
show>service>id>authentication
Description
This command displays session authentication statistics for this service.
Parameters
policy name
Specifies an existing authentication policy name.
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 700 authentication statistics
================================================================
Authentication Statistics for service 700
================================================================
Client Packets Authenticate Fail  : 0
Client Packets Authenticate Ok    : 0
================================================================
*A:ALA-48# 
subscriber-hosts
Syntax
subscriber-hosts [sap sap-id] [ip ip-address[/mask]] [mac ieee-address] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name] [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Description
This command displays subscriber host information.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
ip ip-address[/mask]
Shows information for the specified IP address and mask.
mac ieee-address
Displays information only for the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
profile sub-profile-name
Displays an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile context.
sla-profile sla-profile-name
Displays this optional parameter to specify an existing SLA profile name.
detail
Displays detailed information.
Output
Show Service-ID subscriber hosts
The following table describes show service-id subscriber hosts output fields:
 
Sample Output
*A:Dut-C>#  show service id 3 subscriber-hosts 
=============================================================
Subscriber Host table
=============================================================
Sap                    Subscriber                
  IP Address                                     
    MAC Address          PPPoE-SID     Origin       Fwding State
-------------------------------------------------------------
2/1/5:2                     TEACAHEH74
  11.11.1.61
    00:80:00:00:00:0a          N/A               ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-11:11]                   VIACAHEH74
  11.11.1.2
    00:00:11:11:01:02           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-11:12]                   pw-11:12
  11.11.1.3
    00:00:11:11:01:03           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-11:13]                   pw-11:13
  11.11.1.4
    00:00:11:11:01:04           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
[pw-22:22]                   XMACAHEH74
  22.22.1.2
    00:00:22:22:01:02           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
 
[pw-33:33]                   IUASAHEH74
  33.33.1.2
    00:00:33:33:01:02           N/A              ARP-Host        Fwding
-------------------------------------------------------------
Number of subscriber hosts: 6
=============================================================
*A:Dut-C># 
 
 
A:Dut-A# show service id 100 subscriber-hosts ip 10.100.1.5
===============================================================================
Subscriber Host table
===============================================================================
Sap                    IP Address      MAC Address       Origin(*) Subscriber
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/1:102              10.100.1.5      00:10:00:00:00:03 -/D/- alcatel_100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of subscriber hosts : 1
===============================================================================
(*) S=Static Host, D=DHCP Lease, N=Non-Sub-Traffic
A:Dut-A#
sdp
Syntax
sdp sdp-id pw-port [pw-port-id]
sdp sdp-id pw-port
sdp sdp-id pw-port [pw-port-id] [statistics]
sdp [consistent | inconsistent | na] egressifs
sdp sdp-id keep-alive-history
sdp far-end ip-address | ipv6-address keep-alive-history
sdp [sdp-id] detail
sdp far-end ip-address | ipv6-address detail
Context
show>service>sdp
Description
This command displays SDP information.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary SDP output for all SDPs is displayed.
Parameters
sdp-id
The SDP ID for which to display information.
Default
Values
pw-port pw-port-id
Displays the SAP identifier for PW-SAPs.
Values
far-end ip-address
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default
detail
Displays detailed SDP information.
Default
keep-alive-history
Displays the last fifty SDP keepalive events for the SDP.
Default
Sample Output
============================================================================
*A:ALA-12>config>service# show service sdp 1 pw-port
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (sdp Id 1 Pw-Port)
===============================================================================
Pw-port   VC-Id     Adm     Encap       Opr     VC Type     Egr       Monitor
                                                            Shaper    Oper
                                                            VPort     Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1         1         up      dot1q       up      ether
2         2         up      qinq        up      ether
3         3         up      dot1q       up      ether
4         4         up      qinq        up      ether
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Entries found : 4
===============================================================================
 
*A:ALA-12>config>service# show service sdp 1 pw-port 3
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id 1 Pw-Port 3)
===============================================================================
SDP Binding port     : lag-1
VC-Id                : 3                     Admin Status       : up
Encap                : dot1q                 Oper Status        : up
VC Type              : ether
Oper Flags           : (Not Specified)
Monitor Oper-Group   : (Not Specified)
===============================================================================
 
*A:ALA-12>config>service# show service sdp 1 pw-port 3 statistics
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id 1 Pw-Port 3)
===============================================================================
SDP Binding port     : lag-1
VC-Id                : 3                     Admin Status       : up
Encap                : dot1q                 Oper Status        : up
VC Type              : ether
Oper Flags           : (Not Specified)
Monitor Oper-Group   : (Not Specified)
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.        : 0                     I. Dro. Pkts.      : 0
I. Fwd. Octs.        : 0                     I. Dro. Octs.      : 0
E. Fwd. Pkts.        : 0                     E. Fwd. Octets     : 0
===============================================================================
subscriber-using
Syntax
subscriber-using [service-id service-id] [sap-id sap-id] [interface ip-int-name] [ip ip-address[/mask]] [mac ieee-address] [sub-profile sub-profile-name] [sla-profile sla-profile-name] [app-profile app-profile-name] [port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id]
Context
show>service
Description
This command displays selective subscriber information using specific options.
Parameters
service-id service-id
Displays information for the specifies ID that uniquely identifies a service.
sap-id sap-id
Displays the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
interface ip-int-name
Shows DHCP statistics on the specified interface.
port port-id
Indicates the SAP or SDP for which this entry contains information.
ip ip-address[/mask]
Shows information for the specified IP address and mask.
mac ieee-address
Displays information only for the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
sub-profile sub-profile-name
Displays an existing subscriber profile name to be associated with the static subscriber host. The subscriber profile is configured in the config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile context.sla-profile-name
sla-profile
Displays this optional parameter to specify an existing SLA profile name.
app-profile
Displays the application specified profile.
inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id
Indicates the intermediate destination identifier received from either the DHCP or the RADIUS server or the local user database.
Sample Output
A:Dut-A# show service subscriber-using service-id 100
=================================================================
Subscribers
=================================================================
Subscriber                       Sub Profile
-----------------------------------------------------------------
alcatel_100                      sub_prof100
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Subscribers : 1
=================================================================
A:Dut-A#
 
A:Dut-A# show service subscriber-using
=================================================================
Subscribers
=================================================================
Subscriber                       Sub Profile
-----------------------------------------------------------------
alcatel_100                      sub_prof100
alcatel_110                      sub_prof110
alcatel_120                      sub_prof120
alcatel_130                      sub_prof130
alcatel_80                       sub_prof80
alcatel_90                       sub_prof90
client_PC1                       sub_profPC1
static                           sub_default
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Subscribers : 8
=================================================================
A:Dut-A#
redundancy
Syntax
redundancy
Context
show
Description
This command enables the context to show multi-chassis redundancy information.
multi-chassis
Syntax
multi-chassis all
multi-chassis mc-lag peer ip-address [lag lag-id]
multi-chassis mc-lag [peer ip-address [lag lag-id]] statistics
multi-chassis sync [peer ip-address] [detail]
multi-chassis sync [peer ip-address] statistics
Context
show>redundancy
Description
This command displays multi-chassis redundancy information.
Parameters
all
Displays all multi-chassis information.
mc-lag
Displays multi-chassis LAG information.
peer ip-address
Displays the address of the multi-chassis peer.
lag lag-id
Displays the specified LAG ID on this system that forms an multi-chassis LAG configuration with the indicated peer.
statistics
Displays statistics for the multi-chassis peer.
sync
Displays synchronization information.
detail
Displays detailed information.
Sample Output
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis all 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Peers
===============================================================================
Peer IP         Src IP          Auth            Peer Admin                     
  MCS Admin       MCS Oper        MCS State       MC-LAG Admin    MC-LAG Oper  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.10.102    10.10.10.101    hash            Enabled                        
  Enabled         Enabled         inSync          Enabled         Enabled      
10.10.20.1      0.0.0.0         None            Disabled                       
  --              --              --              Disabled        Disabled     
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
*A:Dut-C# show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag peer 10.10.10.1 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-Lag Peer 10.10.10.1
===============================================================================
Last State chg	: 09/24/2007 07:58:03
Admin State	: Up		      Oper State	   : Up 	       
KeepAlive	: 10 deci-seconds     Hold On Ngbr Failure : 3		       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lag Id Lacp Key Remote Lag Id System Id 	 Sys Prio Last State Changed 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1      32666	1	      00:00:00:33:33:33  32888	  09/24/2007 07:56:35
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of LAGs : 1
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# 
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Statistics
===============================================================================
Packets Rx                        : 129816                                     
Packets Rx Keepalive              : 129798                                     
Packets Rx Config                 : 3                                          
Packets Rx Peer Config            : 5                                          
Packets Rx State                  : 10                                         
Packets Dropped KeepaliveTask     : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Packet Too Short  : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Verify Failed     : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid Size  : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Out of Seq        : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Unknown Tlv       : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid LagId : 0                                          
Packets Dropped MD5               : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Unknown Peer      : 0                                          
Packets Tx                        : 77918                                      
Packets Tx Keepalive              : 77879                                      
Packets Tx Config                 : 6                                          
Packets Tx Peer Config            : 26                                         
Packets Tx State                  : 7                                          
Packets Tx Failed                 : 0                                          
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag peer 10.10.10.102 lag 2 statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Statistics, Peer 10.10.10.102 Lag 2
===============================================================================
Packets Rx Config                 : 1                                          
Packets Rx State                  : 4                                          
Packets Tx Config                 : 2                                          
Packets Tx State                  : 3                                          
Packets Tx Failed                 : 0                                          
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
A:pc1#show redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag peer 10.10.10.102 statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis Statistics, Peer 10.10.10.102
===============================================================================
Packets Rx                        : 129918                                     
Packets Rx Keepalive              : 129900                                     
Packets Rx Config                 : 3                                          
Packets Rx Peer Config            : 5                                          
Packets Rx State                  : 10                                         
Packets Dropped State Disabled    : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Packets Too Short : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid Size  : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Tlv Invalid LagId : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Out of Seq        : 0                                          
Packets Dropped Unknown Tlv       : 0                                          
Packets Dropped MD5               : 0                                          
Packets Tx                        : 77979                                      
Packets Tx Keepalive              : 77940                                      
Packets Tx Peer Config            : 26                                         
Packets Tx Failed                 : 0                                          
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Table
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Description             : CO1
Authentication          : Enabled                                              
Source IP Address       : 10.10.10.101                                         
Admin State             : Enabled                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sync-status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client Applications     :                                                      
Sync Admin State        : Up                                                   
Sync Oper State         : Up                                                   
DB Sync State           : inSync                                               
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.20.1                                           
Authentication          : Disabled                                             
Source IP Address       : 0.0.0.0                                              
Admin State             : Disabled                                             
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync peer 10.10.10.102 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Table
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Description             : CO1
Authentication          : Enabled                                              
Source IP Address       : 10.10.10.101                                         
Admin State             : Enabled                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sync-status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client Applications     :                                                      
Sync Admin State        : Up                                                   
Sync Oper State         : Up                                                   
DB Sync State           : inSync                                               
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0 
===============================================================================
MCS Application Stats
===============================================================================
Application             : igmp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : igmpSnooping                                         
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : subMgmt                                              
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : srrp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync peer 10.10.10.102 detail 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Table
===============================================================================
Peer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Description             : CO1
Authentication          : Enabled                                              
Source IP Address       : 10.10.10.101                                         
Admin State             : Enabled                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sync-status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Client Applications     :                                                      
Sync Admin State        : Up                                                   
Sync Oper State         : Up                                                   
DB Sync State           : inSync                                               
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0 
===============================================================================
MCS Application Stats
===============================================================================
Application             : igmp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : igmpSnooping                                         
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : subMgmt                                              
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application             : srrp                                                 
Num Entries             : 0                                                    
Lcl Deleted Entries     : 0                                                    
Alarm Entries           : 0                                                    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rem Num Entries         : 0                                                    
Rem Lcl Deleted Entries : 0                                                    
Rem Alarm Entries       : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
Ports synced on peer 10.10.10.102
===============================================================================
Port/Encap                    Tag                                              
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/1                                                                          
  1-2                         r1                                               
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Sync Stats
===============================================================================
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Packets Tx Total        : 511                                                  
Packets Tx Hello        : 510                                                  
Packets Tx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Tx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Total        : 511                                                  
Packets Rx Hello        : 510                                                  
Packets Rx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Rx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Header Err   : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Body Err     : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Seq Num Err  : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.20.1                                           
Packets Tx Total        : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Hello        : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Other        : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Total        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Hello        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Other        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Header Err   : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Body Err     : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Seq Num Err  : 0                                                    
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
 
A:pc1# show redundancy multi-chassis sync peer 10.10.10.102 statistics 
===============================================================================
Multi-chassis Peer Sync Stats
===============================================================================
Peer IP Address         : 10.10.10.102                                         
Packets Tx Total        : 554                                                  
Packets Tx Hello        : 553                                                  
Packets Tx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Tx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Tx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Total        : 554                                                  
Packets Rx Hello        : 553                                                  
Packets Rx Data         : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Other        : 1                                                    
Packets Rx Error        : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Header Err   : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Body Err     : 0                                                    
Packets Rx Seq Num Err  : 0 
===============================================================================
A:pc1#
mc-ipsec
Syntax
mc-ipsec peer addr [tunnel-group group-id]
Context
show>redundancy>multi-chassis
Description
This command displays the IPsec multi-chassis states. Optionally, only the states of the specified tunnel-groups will be displayed.
Parameters
addr
Specifies the address of the peer.
group-id
Specifies the tunnel-group ID.
Sample Output
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-IPSec
===============================================================================
Peer Name       : (Not Specified)
Peer Addr       : 2.2.2.2             
Keep Alive Intvl: 10                  Hold on Nbr Fail     : 3
BFD Intf Name   : None                
BFD Dest Addr   :                     
Last update     : 03/20/2012 22:48:55 
 
===============================================================================
Multi-Chassis IPsec Multi Active Tunnel-Group Table
===============================================================================
ID             Peer Group     Priority  Preempt   Admin State    Mastership
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1              1              100       Disabled  Up             eligible
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multi Active Tunnel Group Entries found: 1
===============================================================================
 
 
mc-ring
Syntax
mc-ring peer ip-address statistics
mc-ring peer ip-address [ring sync-tag [detail|statistics]]
mc-ring peer ip-address ring sync-tag ring-node [ring-node-name [detail|statistics]]
mc-ring global-statistics
Context
show>redundancy>multi-chassis
Description
This command displays multi-chassis ring information.
Parameters
ip-address
Specifies the address of the multi-chassis peer to display.
ring sync-tag
Specifies a synchronization tag to be displayed that was used while synchronizing this port with the multi-chassis peer.
node ring-node-name
Specifies a ring-node name.
global-statistics
Displays global statistics for the multi-chassis ring.
detail
Displays detailed peer information for the multi-chassis ring.
Output
Show mc-ring peer ip-address ring Output
The following table describes mc-ring peer ip-address ring output fields.
 
 
Sample Output
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2 ring ring11 detail
==============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-Ring Detailed Information
==============================================================================
Peer           : 10.0.0.2
Sync Tag       : ring11
Port ID        : 1/1/3
Admin State    : inService
Oper State     : connected
Admin Change   : 01/07/2008 21:40:07
Oper Change    : 01/07/2008 21:40:24
Failure Reason : None
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Band Control Path
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service ID     : 10
Interface Name : to_an1
Oper State     : connected
Dest IP        : 10.10.0.2
Src  IP        : 10.10.0.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map B Path Provisioned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 13-13
range 17-17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map Excluded Path Provisioned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 18-18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map B Path Operational
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 13-13
range 17-17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Map Excluded Path Operational
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
range 18-18
==============================================================================
 
 
 
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis# mc-ring peer 192.251.10.104
==============================================================================
 
MC Ring entries
==============================================================================
Sync Tag                         Oper State      Failure Reason
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of MC Ring entries: 0
==============================================================================
 
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2
 
==============================================================================
MC Ring entries
==============================================================================
Sync Tag                         Oper State      Failure Reason
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ring11                           connected       None
ring12                           shutdown        None
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of MC Ring entries: 4
==============================================================================
 
 
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2 ring ring11 ring-node an1 detail
==============================================================================
Multi-Chassis MC-Ring Node Detailed Information
==============================================================================
Peer           : 10.0.0.2
Sync Tag       : ring11
Node Name      : an1
Oper State Loc : connected
Oper State Rem : notTested
In Use         : True
Admin Change   : 01/07/2008 21:40:07
Oper Change    : 01/07/2008 21:40:25
Failure Reason : None
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ring Node Connectivity Verification
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State    : inService
Service ID     : 11
VLAN Tag       : 11
Dest IP        : 10.11.3.1
Src  IP        : None
Interval       : 1 minutes
Src MAC        : None
==============================================================================
 
show redundancy multi-chassis mc-ring peer 10.0.0.2 ring ring11 ring-node
==============================================================================
MC Ring Node entries
==============================================================================
Name                             Loc Oper St.      Failure Reason
  In Use                           Rem Oper St.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
an1                              connected         None
  Yes                              notTested
an2                              connected         None
  Yes                              notTested
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of MC Ring Node entries: 2
==============================================================================
 
 
show redundancy multi-chassis ring peer statistics Output
The following table describes multi-chassis ring peer output fields
 
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis# mc-ring peer 192.251.10.104 statistics
==============================================================================
MC Ring statistics for peer 192.251.10.104
==============================================================================
Message                                              Received     Transmitted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MCS ID Request                                       0            0
MCS ID Response                                      0            0
Ring Exists Request                                  0            0
Ring Exists Response                                 0            0
Keepalive                                            0            0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                0            0
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis#
 
show mc-ring ring-node Output
 
show mc-ring global-statistics Output
Displays the number of MC-ring unknown destination signaling packets were transmitted by this system.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis# mc-ring global-statistics
==============================================================================
Global MC Ring statistics
==============================================================================
Rx                           : 0
Rx Too Short                 : 0
Rx Wrong Authentication      : 0
Rx Invalid TLV               : 0
Rx Incomplete                : 0
Rx Unknown Type              : 0
Rx Unknown Peer              : 0
Rx Unknown Ring              : 0
Rx Unknown Ring Node         : 0
Tx                           : 36763
Tx No Buffer                 : 0
Tx Transmission Failed       : 0
Tx Unknown Destination       : 0
Missed Configuration Events  : 0
Missed BFD Events            : 0
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>redundancy>multi-chassis#
lease-state
Syntax
lease-state [wholesaler service-id] [sap sap-id|sdp sdp-id:vc-id| interface interface-name|ip-address ip-address[/mask]|chaddr ieee-address|mac ieee-address|{[port port-id] [no-inter-dest-id | inter-dest-id inter-dest-id]}] [session {none|ipoe}] [detail]
Context
show>service>id>dhcp
Description
This command displays DHCP lease state information. Note that the wholesaler service-id parameter is applicable only in the VPRN context.
Parameters
wholesaler service-id
The service ID of the wholesaler. When specified in this context, SAP, SDP, interface, IP address and MAC parameters are ignored.
Values
service-id: 1 — 214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters in length.
sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
The SDP identifier.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is equal to the service ID.
Values
interface interface-name
Specifies the interface name up to 32 characters in length.
ip ip-address[/mask]
Shows information for the specified IP address and mask.
port port-id
The DHCP lease state local specifies that the DHCP lease state is learned by either a SAP or SDP. When the value is SAP, the value indicates the SAP for which this entry contains information.
chaddr
Specifies the MA address of the DHCP lease state.
interface interface-name
Shows information for the specified IP interface.
detail
Displays detailed lease state information.
inter-dest-id
Indicates the intermediate destination identifier received from either the DHCP or the RADIUS server or the local user database.
session
Shows DHCPv4 lease states for hosts that are associated with an IPoE session or for hosts that are not associated with an IPoE session.
Values
detail
Displays detailed information.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 101 dhcp lease-state
===============================================================================
DHCP lease state table, service 101
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap/Sdp Id          Remaining  Lease    MC
                                                      LifeTime   Origin   Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
102.1.1.52      00:00:1f:bd:00:bb lag-1:101           00h02m56s  DHCP-R
103.3.2.62      00:00:1f:bd:00:c6 lag-1:105           00h02m59s  RADIUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 2
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#
 
 
*A:ALA-48>config# show service id 105 dhcp lease-state  wholesaler 101
===============================================================================
DHCP lease state table, service 105
===============================================================================
IP Address      Mac Address       Sap/Sdp Id          Remaining  Lease    MC
                                                      LifeTime   Origin   Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wholesaler 101 Leases
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
103.3.2.62      00:00:1f:bd:00:c6 lag-1:105           00h00m39s  RADIUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of lease states : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>config#
lease-state
Syntax
lease-state [detail] [wholesaler service-id] [session {none|ipoe|ppp}]|
lease-state [detail] interface interface-name [wholesaler service-id] [session {none|ipoe|ppp}]
lease-state [detail] ipv6-address ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] [wholesaler service-id] [session {none|ipoe|ppp}]
lease-state [detail] mac ieee-address [wholesaler service-id] [session {none|ipoe|ppp}]
Context
show>service>id>dhcp6
Description
This command displays DHCP6 lease state information. Note that the wholesaler service-id parameter is applicable only in the VPRN context.
Parameters
wholesaler service-id
The service ID of the wholesaler. When specified in this context, SAP, SDP, interface, IP address and MAC parameters are ignored.
Values
service-id: 1 — 214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters in length.
sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
The SDP identifier.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is equal to the service ID.
Values
interface interface-name
Specifies the interface name up to 32 characters in length.
ipv6 ipv6-address[/mask]
v6Shows information for the specified IPv6 address and mask.
port port-id
The DHCP6 lease state local specifies that the DHCP lease state is learned by either a SAP or SDP. When the value is SAP, the value indicates the SAP for which this entry contains information.
chaddr
Specifies the MA address of the DHCP6 lease state.
interface interface-name
Shows information for the specified IP interface.
detail
Displays detailed lease state information.
inter-dest-id
Indicates the intermediate destination identifier received from either the DHCP6 or the RADIUS server or the local user database.
session
Shows DHCPv6 lease states for clients that are associated with an IPoE session or for clients that are associated with a PPP session or for clients that are not associated with an IPoE session.
Values
detail
Displays detailed information.
 
statistics
Syntax
statistics [[sap sap-id]|[sdp sdp-id:vc-id]|[interface interface-name]]
Context
show>service>id>dhcp
Description
This command displays DHCP relay statistics.
Parameters
interface ip-int-name
Display DHCP statistics on the specified interface.
interface interface-name
Displays DHCP statistics for the specified interface name.
sap sap-id
Displays DHCP statistics for the specified SAP. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 dhcp statistics interface SpokeTerm
===================================================================
DHCP Statistics for interface SpokeTerm
===================================================================
Rx Packets                           : 0
Tx Packets                           : 0
Rx Malformed Packets                 : 0
Rx Untrusted Packets                 : 0
Client Packets Discarded             : 0
Client Packets Relayed               : 0
Client Packets Snooped               : 0
Client Packets Proxied (RADIUS)      : 0
Client Packets Proxied (Lease-Split) : 0
Server Packets Discarded             : 0
Server Packets Relayed               : 0
Server Packets Snooped               : 0
DHCP RELEASEs Spoofed                : 0
DHCP FORCERENEWs Spoofed             : 0
===================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
summary
Syntax
summary [interface interface-name | saps]
Context
show>service>id>dhcp
Description
This command displays DHCP configuration summary information.
Parameters
interface interface-name
Displays summary information for the specified existing interface.
sap
Displays summary information for SAPs per interface.
Sample Output
IES:
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>dhcp# summary 
===========================================================
DHCP Summary, service 700
===========================================================
Sap/Sdp                Snoop  Used/       Info     Admin
                              Provided    Option   State
-----------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/9:0            No     0/0         Keep     Down
sap:1/1/25:0           No     0/0         Keep     Down
sdp:8:700              No     N/A         N/A      N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------
Number of Entries : 3
-----------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>dhcp#
 
 
VPLS:
*A:ALA-49>show>service# id 700 dhcp summary
=======================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 700
=======================================================================
Sap/Sdp                Snoop  Used/       Arp Reply   Info     Admin
                              Provided    Agent       Option   State
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/9:0            No     0/0         No          Keep     Down
sdp:2:222              No     N/A         N/A         N/A      N/A
sdp:2:700              No     N/A         N/A         N/A      N/A
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Entries : 3
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-49>show>service#
 
 
VPRN:
*A:ALA-49>show>service# id 1 dhcp summary
===============================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 1
===============================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/                 Info    Admin
  SapId/Sdp                      Populate Provided              Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SpokeSDP                         No       0/0                   Keep    Down
  sdp:spoke-3:4                           0/0
test                             No       0/0                   Keep    Down
  sap:9/1/4:50/5                          0/0
to-ce1                           No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sap:1/1/10:1                            0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 3
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-49>show>service#
 
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 dhcp summary saps
===============================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 88
===============================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/                 Info    Admin
  SapId/Sdp                      Populate Provided              Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SpokeTerm                        No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sdp:spoke-3:3                           0/0
new-if                           No       0/1                   Keep    Up
  sap:1/2/19:0                            0/1
test123                          No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sap:3/2/4:50/5                          0/0
testabc                          No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sap:1/2/20:0                            0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 4
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
 
 
*A:ALA-48# show service id 88 dhcp summary interface SpokeTerm
===============================================================================
DHCP Summary, service 88
===============================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/                 Info    Admin
  SapId/Sdp                      Populate Provided              Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SpokeTerm                        No       0/0                   Keep    Up
  sdp:spoke-3:3                           0/0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
statistics
Syntax
statistics [interface ip-int-name | ip-address]
Context
show>router>dhcp
Description
This command displays statistics for DHCP relay and DHCP snooping. If no IP address or interface name is specified, then all configured interfaces are displayed. If an IP address or interface name is specified, then only data regarding the specified interface is displayed.
Parameters
interface ip-int-name | ip-address
Displays statistics for the specified IP interface or IP address.
Output
Show DHCP Statistics Output
The following table describes the output fields for DHCP statistics.
Sample Output
A:SUB-Dut-A# show router 1000 dhcp statistics
==================================================================
DHCP Global Statistics (Service: 1000) 
===================================================================
Rx Packets                           : 16000                      
Tx Packets                           : 15041                      
Rx Malformed Packets                 : 0                          
Rx Untrusted Packets                 : 0                          
Client Packets Discarded             : 423                        
Client Packets Relayed               : 0                          
Client Packets Snooped               : 0                          
*Client Packets Proxied (RADIUS)     : 0                          
Client Packets Proxied (Lease-Split) : 0   *                      
Server Packets Discarded             : 0                          
Server Packets Relayed               : 0                          
Server Packets Snooped               : 0                          
*DHCP RELEASEs Spoofed               : 0                          
DHCP FORCERENEWs Spoofed             : 0   *                       
===================================================================
A:SUB-Dut-A#
summary
Syntax
summary
Context
show>router>dhcp
Description
Display the status of the DHCP Relay and DHCP Snooping functions on each interface.
Output
Show DHCP Summary Output
The following table describes the output fields for DHCP summary.
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>router>dhcp# summary
===================================================================
Interface Name                   Arp      Used/     Info    Admin
                                 Populate Provided  Option  State
-------------------------------------------------------------------
ccaiesif                         No       0/0       Keep    Down
ccanet6                          No       0/0       Keep    Down
iesBundle                        No       0/0       Keep    Up
spokeSDP-test                    No       0/0       Keep    Down
test                             No       0/0       Keep    Up
test1                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
test2                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
testA                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
testB                            No       0/0       Keep    Up
testIES                          No       0/0       Keep    Up
to-web                           No       0/0       Keep    Up
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 11
===================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>router>dhcp#
 
IGMP Snooping Show Commands
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
show>service>id>
Description
This command enables the context to display IGMP snooping information.
all
Syntax
all
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Displays detailed information for all aspects of IGMP snooping on the VPLS service.
Output
Show All Service-ID
The following table describes the show all service-id command output fields:
 
 
 
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>igmp-snooping>snooping# all
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping info for service 750
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Base info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : Up
Querier     : No querier found
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap/Sdp                Oper      MRtr  Send      Max Num   Num
Id                     State     Port  Queries   Groups    Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/7:0            Down      No    Disabled  No Limit  0
sdp:1:22               Down      No    Disabled  No Limit  0
sdp:8:750              Down      No    Disabled  No Limit  0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Querier info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No querier found for this service.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter          Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/7:0 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SDP 1:22 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SDP 8:750 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires  Num Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Message Type            Received      Transmitted      Forwarded
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         0             0                0
Group Queries           0             0                0
Group-Source Queries    0             0                0
V1 Reports              0             0                0
V2 Reports              0             0                0
V3 Reports              0             0                0
V2 Leaves               0             0                0
Unknown Type            0             N/A              0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad IP Checksum         : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum       : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48>show>service>id>snooping#
 
mrouters
Syntax
mrouters [detail]
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Displays all multicast routers.
Parameters
detail
Displays detailed information.
Output
Show igmp-snooping mrouters
The following table describes the show igmp-snooping mrouters output fields:
Sample Output
*A:ALA-48# show service id 700 igmp-snooping mrouters
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers for service 700
===============================================================================
MRouter          Sap/Sdp Id             Up Time        Expires   Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 0
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-48#
mvr
Syntax
mvr
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Displays Multicast VPLS Registration (MVR) information.
Output
Show igmp-snooping mvr
The following table describes the show igmp-snooping mvr output fields:
 
Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# mvr
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast VPLS Registration info for service 10
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Admin State : Up                                                 
 
MVR Admin State           : Up                                                 
MVR Policy                : mvr-policy                                         
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local SAPs/SDPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num Local
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100         sap:1/1/10:10         Up       Local      100
100         sap:1/1/10:20         Up       Local      100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MVR SAPs (from-vpls=10)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id     Sap/Sdp                Oper      From       Num MVR  
           Id                     State     VPLS       Groups   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20         sap:1/1/4:100          Up        10         100      
30         sap:1/1/31:10.10       Up        10         100
=============================================================================== 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping#
port-db
Syntax
port-db sap sap-id [detail]
port-db sap sap-id group grp-address
port-db sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-address
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
This command displays information on the IGMP snooping port database for the VPLS service.
Parameters
group grp-ip-address
Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific multicast group address.
sap sap-id
Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific SAP. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
Displays only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke SDP. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified; for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Default
Values
group grp-address
Displays IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified group address.
source ip-address
Displays IGMP snooping statistics matching one particular source within the multicast group.
Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# port-db sap 1/1/2
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/2 Port-DB for service 10
===============================================================================
Group Address    Mode     Type     Up Time        Expires   Num Sources
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
225.0.0.1        include  dynamic  0d 00:04:44    0s        2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
 
 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# port-db sap 1/1/2 detail
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/2 Port-DB for service 10
===============================================================================
IGMP Group 225.0.0.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mode             : include              Type             : dynamic
Up Time          : 0d 00:04:57          Expires          : 0s
Compat Mode      : IGMP Version 3
V1 Host Expires  : 0s                   V2 Host Expires  : 0s
-------------------------------------------------------
Source Address  Up Time      Expires  Type     Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------
1.1.1.1         0d 00:04:57  20s      dynamic  Fwd
1.1.1.2         0d 00:04:57  20s      dynamic  Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping#
proxy-db
Syntax
proxy-db [detail]
proxy-db group grp-address
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Displays information on the IGMP snooping proxy reporting database for the VPLS service.
Parameters
group grp-ip-address
Displays the IGMP snooping proxy reporting database for a specific multicast group address.
Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# proxy-db
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 10
===============================================================================
Group Address    Mode     Up Time        Num Sources
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
225.0.0.1        include  0d 00:05:40    2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# proxy-db detail
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 10
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Group 225.0.0.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:05:54                   Mode : include
------------------------------
Source Address  Up Time
------------------------------
1.1.1.1         0d 00:05:54
1.1.1.2         0d 00:05:54
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 
querier
Syntax
querier
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Displays information on the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS service.
Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# querier
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Querier info for service 10
===============================================================================
Sap Id                  : 1/1/1
IP Address              : 10.10.10.1
Expires                 : 6s
Up Time                 : 0d 00:56:50
Version                 : 3
 
General Query Interval  : 5s
Query Response Interval : 2.0s
Robust Count            : 2
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 
static
Syntax
static [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Displays information on static IGMP snooping source groups for the VPLS service.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Displays static IGMP snooping source groups for a specific SAP. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
Displays the IGMP snooping source groups for a specific spoke or mesh SDP.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Default
Values
Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# static
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups for SAP 1/1/2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source           Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*                225.0.0.2
*                225.0.0.3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static (*,G)/(S,G) entries: 2
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups for SDP 10:10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source           Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1.1.1          225.0.0.10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static (*,G)/(S,G) entries: 1
=============================================================================== 
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 
statistics
Syntax
statistics [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Displays IGMP snooping statistics for the VPLS service.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Displays IGMP snooping statistics for a specific SAP. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
Displays the IGMP snooping statistics for a specific spoke or mesh SDP.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Default
Values
Sample Output
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# statistics
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Statistics for service 1
===============================================================================
Message Type            Received      Transmitted   Forwarded    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries         4             0             4            
Group Queries           0             0             0            
Group-Source Queries    0             0             0            
V1 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Reports              0             0             0            
V3 Reports              0             0             0            
V2 Leaves               0             0             0            
Unknown Type            0             N/A           0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length              : 0
Bad IP Checksum         : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum       : 0
Bad Encoding            : 0
No Router Alert         : 0
Zero Source IP          : 0           
 
Send Query Cfg Drops    : 0
Import Policy Drops     : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
 
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 0
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops    : 0
===============================================================================
A:ALA-1>show>service>id>snooping# 
mc-ecmp-balance
Syntax
mc-ecmp-balance [detail]
Context
show>router>pim
Description
This command displays multicast balance information.
Parameters
detail
Displays detailed information.
Sample Output
A:ALA-48>config>router>pim# show router pim mc-ecmp-balance
===============================================================================
PIM ECMP Balance
===============================================================================
MC-ECMP-Balance                   : Disabled
Rebalance in progress             : No
Last Rebalance Time               : 11/13/2007 09:03:10
Rebalance Type                    : Unknown
Optional Threshold Used           : 0
Mc Ecmp Balance Hold Time         : None
===============================================================================
A:ALA-48>config>router>pim# 
 
mcast-management
Syntax
mcast-management
Context
show
Description
This command shows multicast path management related information.
bandwidth-policy
Syntax
bandwidth-policy policy-name [detail]
Context
show>mcast-management
Description
This command displays multicast path management bandwidth policy information.
Parameters
policy-name
32 char max
Output
Bandwidth Policies : 2
==============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# *show mcast-management bandwidth-policy detail*
===============================================================================
Bandwidth Policy Details
===============================================================================
Policy             : gie
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin BW Thd       : 10 kbps            Falling Percent RST: 50
Mcast Pool Total   : 10                 Mcast Pool Resv Cbs: 50
Slope Policy       : default
Primary
Limit              : 2000 mbps          Cbs                : 5.00
Mbs                : 7.00               High Priority      : 10
Secondary
Limit              : 1500 mbps          Cbs                : 30.00
Mbs                : 40.00              High Priority      : 10
Ancillary
Limit              : 5000 mbps          Cbs                : 65.00
Mbs                : 80.00              High Priority      : 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Policy             : default
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin BW Thd       : 10 kbps            Falling Percent RST: 50
Mcast Pool Total   : 10                 Mcast Pool Resv Cbs: 50
Slope Policy       : default
Primary
Limit              : 2000 mbps          Cbs                : 5.00
Mbs                : 7.00               High Priority      : 10
Secondary
Limit              : 1500 mbps          Cbs                : 30.00
Mbs                : 40.00              High Priority      : 10
Ancillary
Limit              : 5000 mbps          Cbs                : 65.00
Mbs                : 80.00              High Priority      : 10
===============================================================================
Bandwidth Policies : 2
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# 
channel
Syntax
channel [router router-instance | vpls service-id] [mda slot[/mda]] [group ip-address [source ip-address]] [path path-type] [detail]
Context
show>mcast-management
Description
This command displays multicast path management channel related information.
Parameters
vpls service-id
Specifies an existing VPLS service ID.
Values
service-id: 1 — 214748364
svc-name: A string up to 64 characters in length.
ip-address
ipv4-address a.b.c.d
path-type
Specifies the path type.
Values
Output
*A:Dut-C# *show mcast-management channel* ===============================================================================
Multicast Channels
===============================================================================
Legend :  D - Dynamic  E - Explicit
===============================================================================
Source Address                              Slot/Mda  Current Bw 
Path       D/E
 Group Address                                    Highest Bw
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.4.10                                  10/2      134646     
Ancillary  D
 225.0.0.0                                        134646
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels : 1
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# 
 
 
*A:Dut-C# *show mcast-management channel detail*
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels
===============================================================================
Source Address     : 10.10.4.10
Group Address      : 225.0.0.0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Slot/Mda           : 10/2               Current Bw         : 134646 kbps
Dynamic/Explicit   : Dynamic            Current Path       : Ancillary
Oper Admin Bw      : 0 kbps             Preference         : 0
Ing last highest   : 134646             Ing sec highest    : 109532
Black-hole rate    : None               Blackhole          : No
Time remaining     : 30 seconds
===============================================================================
Multicast Channels : 1
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C#
mcast-reporting-dest
Syntax
mcast-reporting-dest [mcast-reporting-dest-name]
Context
show>mcast-management
Description
This command displays multicast path management reporting destination information.
mda
Syntax
mda [slot[/mda]] [path path-type]
Context
show>mcast-management
Description
This command displays multicast path management MDA related information.
Parameters
path-type
Specifies the path type.
Values
Output
*A:Dut-C# *show mcast-management mda 10/2* 
==============================================================================
MDA 10/2
==============================================================================
S/M  Bw-policy                        Type          Limit    In-use-Bw   
Admin
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10/2 gie                              primary       0 Ms     0 Ms        up
     gie                              secondary     0 Ms     0 Ms        up
     gie                              ancillary     0 Ms      219. 64 Ms up
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-C# 
 
group
Syntax
group [grp-ip-address]
group summary
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displays IGMP group information.
group-interface
Syntax
group-interface [fwd-service service-id] [ip-int-name] [detail]
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displays IGMP group-interface information.
hosts
Syntax
hosts [group grp-address] [detail] [fwd-service service-id] [grp-interface ip-int-name]
hosts [host ip-address] [group grp-address] [detail]
hosts summary
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displaysIGMP hosts information.
interface
Syntax
interface [ip-int-name|ip-address] [group] [grp-ip-address] [detail]
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displays IGMP interface information.
mcast-reporting-statistics
Syntax
mcast-reporting-statistics [ip-address]
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displays IGMP mcast reporting statistics.
ssm-translate
Syntax
ssm-translate [interface-name]
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displays SSM translate configuration information.
static
Syntax
static [ip-int-name|ip-addr]
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displaysIGMP static group/source configuration information.
statistics
Syntax
statistics [ip-int-name|ip-address]
statistics host [ip-address]
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displaysIGMP statistics information.
status
Syntax
status
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displays IGMP status information.
tunnel-interface
Syntax
tunnel-interface
Context
show>router>igmp
Description
This command displaysIGMP tunnel-interface information.
 
Clear Commands
id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
clear>service
clear>service>statistics
Description
This command clears the identification for a specific service.
Parameters
service-id
The ID that uniquely identifies a service.
Values
arp-host
Syntax
arp-host
arp-host { mac ieee-address | sap sap-id | ip-address ip-address[/mask] }
arp-host [port port-id] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id | no-inter-dest-id]
arp-host statistics [sap sap-id | interface interface-name]
Context
clear>service>id
Description
This command clears ARP host data.
authentication
Syntax
authentication
Context
clear>service>id
Description
This command enters the context to clear session authentication information.
msap
Syntax
msap msap-id
Context
clear>service>id
Description
This command clears Managed SAP information.
 
 
Parameters
msap-id
Specifies a Managed SAP ID.
Values
msap-policy
Syntax
msap-policy msap-policy-name
Context
clear>service>id
Description
This command clears Managed SAPs created by the Managed SAP policy.
Parameters
msap-policy-name
Specifies an existing MSAP policy.
statistics
Syntax
statistics
Context
clear>service>id>authentication
Description
This command clears session authentication statistics for this service.
statistics
Syntax
statistics
Context
clear>service
Description
This command clears the statistics for a service.
subscriber
Syntax
subscriber sub-ident-string
Context
clear>service>statistics
Description
This command clears the statistics for a particular subscriber.
Parameters
sub-ident-string
Clears statistics for the specified subscriber identification string.
fdb
Syntax
fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id] | mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] | spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id}
Context
clear>service>id
Description
This command clears FDB entries for the service.
Parameters
all
Clears all FDB entries.
mac ieee-address
Clears only FDB entries in the FDB table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
mesh-sdp
Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified mesh SDP ID. For a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
spoke-sdp
Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified spoke SDP ID. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified.
sdp-id
The SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries.
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries.
Values
sdp-id[:vc-id] sdp-id 1 — 17407
vc-id 1 — 4294967295
sdp-id:vc-id sdp-id 1 — 17407
vc-id 1 — 4294967295
mesh-sdp
Syntax
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] ingress-vc-label
Context
clear>service>id
Description
Clears and resets the mesh SDP bindings for the service.
Parameters
sdp-id
The mesh SDP ID to be reset.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Default
Values
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
Context
clear>service>id
Description
Clears and resets the spoke SDP bindings for the service.
Parameters
sdp-id
The spoke SDP ID to be reset.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
Context
clear>service>statistics
Description
Clears SAP statistics for a SAP.
Parameters
sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
all
Clears all SAP queue statistics and STP statistics.
counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SAP.
stp
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SAP.
sdp
Syntax
sdp sdp-id [keep-alive]
Context
clear>service>statistics
Description
Clears keepalive statistics associated with the SDP ID.
Parameters
sdp-id
The SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values
keep-alive
Clears the keepalive history.
counters
Syntax
counters
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Description
Clears all traffic queue counters associated with the service ID.
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Description
Clears statistics for the SAP bound to the service.
Parameters
sap-id
Specifies the SAP ID for which to clear statistics. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
all
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SAP.
counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SAP.
stp
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SAP.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp}
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Description
Clears statistics for the spoke SDP bound to the service.
Parameters
sdp-id
The spoke SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values
all
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SDP.
counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.
stp
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SDP.
stp
Syntax
stp
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Description
Clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.
 
detected-protocols
Syntax
detected-protocols {all | sap sap-id | spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]}
Context
clear>service>id>stp
Description
RSTP automatically falls back to STP mode when it receives an STP BPDU. The clear detected-protocols command forces the system to revert to the default RSTP mode on the SAP or spoke SDP.
Parameters
all
Clears all detected protocol information.
sap-id
Clears the specified lease state SAP information. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp-id
The SDP ID to be cleared.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be cleared.
Values
lease-state
Syntax
lease-state[no-dhcp-release]
lease-state [port port-id] [inter-dest-id intermediate-destination-id] [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state [port port-id] no-inter-dest-id [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state ip-address ip-address[/mask] [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state mac ieee-address [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state sap sap-id [no-dhcp-release]
lease-state sdp sdp-id[:vc-id [no-dhcp-release]
Context
clear>service>id>dhcp
Description
Clears DHCP lease state information for this service.
Parameters
no-dhcp-release
Specifies that the node will clear the state without sending the DHCP release message.
port port-id
The DHCP lease state local specifies that the DHCP lease state is learned by either a SAP or SDP. When the value is SAP, the value indicates the SAP for which this entry contains information.
ip-address
The IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses in the range 1.0.0.0 – 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets).
ieee-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
intermediate-destination-id
Specifies the intermediate destination identifier which is encoded in the identification strings.
Values
sap-id
Clears the specified lease state SAP information. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp-id
The SDP ID to be cleared.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be cleared.
Values
statistics
Syntax
statistics [sap sap-id | sdp [sdp-id[:vc-id] ]
Context
clear>service>id>dhcp
Description
Clears DHCP statistics for this service.
port-db
Syntax
port-db {sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id} [group grp-address [source ip-address]]
Context
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Clears the information on the IGMP snooping port database for the VPLS service.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified SAP ID and optional encapsulation value. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
Clears only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke SDP. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified; for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear information.
Default
Values
group grp-address
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified group address.
source ip-address
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching one particular source within the multicast group.
querier
Syntax
querier
Context
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Clears the information on the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS service.
statistics
Syntax
statistics {all | sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id}]
Context
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Description
Clears IGMP snooping statistics for the VPLS service.
Parameters
sap sap-id
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified SAP ID and optional encapsulation value. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id
Clears only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke SDP. For a spoke SDP, the VC ID must be specified, for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
Values
vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Default
Values
mfib
Syntax
mfib
Context
clear>service>id
Description
Enter the context to clear multicast FIB info for the VPLS service.
statistics
Syntax
statistics {all | group grp-address}
Context
clear>service>id>mfib
Description
Clears multicast FIB statistics for the VPLS service.
Parameters
grp-address
Specifies an IGMP multicast group address that receives data on an interface.
mld-snooping
Syntax
mld-snooping
Context
clear>service>id
Description
This command enables the context to clear MLD snooping-related data.
port-db
Syntax
port-db sap sap-id [group grp-ipv6-address]
port-db sap sap-id group grp-ipv6-address source src-ipv6-address
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [group grp-ipv6-address]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-ipv6-address source src-ipv6-address
Context
clear>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command clears MLD snooping port-db group data.
querier
Syntax
querier
Context
clear>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command clears MLD snooping querier information.
statistics
Syntax
statistics all
statistics sap sap-id
statistics sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context
clear>service>id>mld-snooping
Description
This command clears MLD snooping statistics.
Parameters
all
Clears all MLD snooping statistics
sap sap-id
Clears all MLD snooping SAP statistics. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Clears all MLD snooping SDP statistics. See Common Service Commands for sap-id command syntax.
arp
Syntax
arp {all | ip-address}
arp interface [ip-int-name | ip-address]
Context
clear>router
Description
This command clears all or specific ARP entries. The scope of ARP cache entries cleared depends on the command line option(s) specified.
Parameters
all
Clears all ARP cache entries.
ip-address
Clears the ARP cache entry for the specified IP address.
interface ip-int-name
Clears all ARP cache entries for the IP interface with the specified name.
interface ip-addr
Clears all ARP cache entries for the specified IP interface with the specified IP address.
dhcp
Syntax
dhcp
Context
clear>router
Description
This command enables the context to clear and reset DHCP entities.
statistics
Syntax
statistics [interface ip-int-name | ip-address]
Context
clear>router>dhcp
Description
Clears DHCP statistics.
 
Debug Commands
mcast-reporting-dest
Syntax
[no] mcast-reporting-dest [dest-name]
Context
debug>mcast-mgmt
Description
This command debugs multicast path management reporting destinations.
igmp
Syntax
[no] igmp [host ip-address] [group grp-address]
Context
debug>mcast-mgmt>mcast-rprt-dest
Description
This command sets mcast reporting dest debug filtering options.
arp-host
Syntax
[no] arp-host
Context
debug>service>id
Description
This command enables and ARP host debugging.
The no form of the command disables ARP host debugging
mld-snooping
Syntax
[no] mld-snooping
Context
debug>service>id
Description
This command enables and configures MLD-snooping debugging.
The no form of the command disables MLD-snooping debugging
detail-level
Syntax
detail-level {low|medium|high}
no detail-level
Context
debug>service>id>mld
Description
This command enables and configures the MLD tracing detail level.
The no form of the command disables the MLD tracing detail level.
mac
Syntax
[no] mac ieee-address
Context
debug>service>id>mld
Description
This command shows MLD packets for the specified MAC address.
The no form of the command disables disables the MAC debugging.
 
mode
Syntax
mode {dropped-only|ingr-and-dropped|egr-ingr-and-dropped}
no mode
Context
debug>service>id>mld
Description
This command enables and configures the MLD tracing mode.
The no form of the command disables the configures the MLD tracing mode.
sap
Syntax
[no] sap sap-id
Context
debug>service>id>mld
Description
This command shows MLD packets for a specific SAP.
The no form of the command disables the debugging for the SAP.
sdp
Syntax
[no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context
debug>service>id>mld
Description
This command shows MLD packets for a specific SDP.
The no form of the command disables the debugging for the SDP.